King Nebuchadnezzar, To the people of every nation and language who dwell in all the earth: May your prosperity be multiplied.
                                                    
                        
                                                                                                                     
                             
                         
                     
                                            
                            
                            
                            
                                
        
            שְׁלָמְכ֥וֹן 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
שְׁלָמְכ֥וֹן 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    šə·lā·mə·ḵō·wn
                
                
                     May your prosperity 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Noun - masculine singular construct | second person masculine plural 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        8001 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) welfare, prosperity, peace, well-being 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        šə·lā·mə·ḵō·wn
         May your prosperity 
    
 
        
            יִשְׂגֵּֽא׃ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
יִשְׂגֵּֽא׃ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    yiś·gê
                
                
                     be multiplied . 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Verb - Qal - Imperfect - third person masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        7680 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) (P'al) to grow great 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        yiś·gê
         be multiplied . 
    
 
        
            מַלְכָּ֗א 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
מַלְכָּ֗א 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    mal·kā
                
                
                     King 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Noun - masculine singular determinate 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        4430 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) king 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        mal·kā
         King 
    
 
        
            נְבוּכַדְנֶצַּ֣ר 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
נְבוּכַדְנֶצַּ֣ר 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    nə·ḇū·ḵaḏ·neṣ·ṣar
                
                
                     Nebuchadnezzar , 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Noun - proper - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        5020 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        Nebuchadnezzar = |may Nebo protect the crown|<BR> 1) the great king of Babylon who captured Jerusalem and carried Judah captive 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        nə·ḇū·ḵaḏ·neṣ·ṣar
         Nebuchadnezzar , 
    
 
        
            עַֽמְמַיָּ֞א 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
עַֽמְמַיָּ֞א 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ‘am·may·yā
                
                
                     To the people 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Noun - masculine plural determinate 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        5972 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) people 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ‘am·may·yā
         To the people 
    
 
        
            לְֽכָל־ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
לְֽכָל־ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    lə·ḵāl
                
                
                     of every 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Preposition-l | Noun - masculine singular construct 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        3606 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) all, whole, the whole <BR> 1a) the whole of, all <BR> 1b) every, any, none 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        lə·ḵāl
         of every 
    
 
        
            אֻמַיָּ֧א 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
אֻמַיָּ֧א 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ’u·may·yā
                
                
                     nation 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Noun - feminine plural determinate 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        524 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) people, tribe, nation 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ’u·may·yā
         nation 
    
 
        
            וְלִשָּׁנַיָּ֛א 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
וְלִשָּׁנַיָּ֛א 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    wə·liš·šā·nay·yā
                
                
                     and language 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Conjunctive waw | Noun - masculine plural determinate 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        3961 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) tongue, language <BR> 1a) tongue, language <BR> 1b) people (fig.) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        wə·liš·šā·nay·yā
         and language 
    
 
        
            דִּֽי־ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
דִּֽי־ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    dî-
                
                
                     who 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Pronoun - relative 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        1768 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        part of relation<BR> 1) who, which, that <BR> mark of genitive <BR> 2) that of, which belongs to, that<BR> conj <BR> 3) that, because 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        dî-
         who 
    
 
        
            דָאֲרִין 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
דָאֲרִין 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ḏå̄·ʾă·rīn
                
                
                     dwell 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Verb - Qal - Participle - masculine plural 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        1753 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) (P'al) to dwell 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ḏå̄·ʾă·rīn
         dwell 
    
 
        
            בְּכָל־ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
בְּכָל־ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    bə·ḵāl
                
                
                     in all 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Preposition-b | Noun - masculine singular construct 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        3606 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) all, whole, the whole <BR> 1a) the whole of, all <BR> 1b) every, any, none 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        bə·ḵāl
         in all 
    
 
        
            אַרְעָ֖א 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
אַרְעָ֖א 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ’ar·‘ā
                
                
                     the earth : 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Noun - feminine singular determinate 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        772 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) earth, world, ground 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ’ar·‘ā
         the earth : 
    
                              
                         
                                                                                                                                            
                        
                        
                                                            I am pleased to declare the signs and wonders that the Most High God has performed for me.
                                                    
                        
                                                                                                                     
                             
                         
                     
                                            
                            
                            
                            
                                
        
            שְׁפַ֥ר 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
שְׁפַ֥ר 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    šə·p̄ar
                
                
                     I am pleased 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Verb - Qal - Perfect - third person masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        8232 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to be fair, be seemly, seem good, seem pleasing <BR> 1a) (P'al) to seem good, be acceptable 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        šə·p̄ar
         I am pleased 
    
 
        
            קָֽדָמַ֖י 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
קָֽדָמַ֖י 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    qā·ḏā·may
                
                
                     . . . 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Preposition | first person common singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        6925 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) before, in front of <BR> 1a) before <BR> 1b) from before 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        qā·ḏā·may
         . . . 
    
 
        
            לְהַחֲוָיָֽה׃ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
לְהַחֲוָיָֽה׃ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    lə·ha·ḥă·wā·yāh
                
                
                     to declare 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Preposition-l | Verb - Hifil - Infinitive construct 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        2324 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to show, interpret, explain, inform, tell, declare <BR> 1a) (Pael) to show, interpret <BR> 1b) (Aphel) to show 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        lə·ha·ḥă·wā·yāh
         to declare 
    
 
        
            אָֽתַיָּא֙ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
אָֽתַיָּא֙ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ’ā·ṯay·yā
                
                
                     the signs 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Noun - masculine plural determinate 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        852 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) sign, miraculous signs, wonders 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ’ā·ṯay·yā
         the signs 
    
 
        
            וְתִמְהַיָּ֔א 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
וְתִמְהַיָּ֔א 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    wə·ṯim·hay·yā
                
                
                     and wonders 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Conjunctive waw | Noun - masculine plural determinate 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        8540 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) wonder, miracle 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        wə·ṯim·hay·yā
         and wonders 
    
 
        
            דִּ֚י 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
דִּ֚י 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    dî
                
                
                     that 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Pronoun - relative 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        1768 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        part of relation<BR> 1) who, which, that <BR> mark of genitive <BR> 2) that of, which belongs to, that<BR> conj <BR> 3) that, because 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        dî
         that 
    
 
        
            עִלָּיָא 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
עִלָּיָא 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ʿil·lå̄·yå̄
                
                
                     the Most High 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Adjective - masculine singular determinate 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        5943 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) highest, the Most High 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ʿil·lå̄·yå̄
         the Most High 
    
 
        
            אֱלָהָ֖א 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
אֱלָהָ֖א 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ’ĕ·lā·hā
                
                
                     God 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Noun - masculine singular determinate 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        426 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) god, God <BR> 1a) god, heathen deity <BR> 1b) God (of Israel) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ’ĕ·lā·hā
         God 
    
 
        
            עֲבַ֣ד 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
עֲבַ֣ד 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ‘ă·ḇaḏ
                
                
                     has performed 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Verb - Qal - Perfect - third person masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        5648 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to make, do<BR> 1a)(P'al) <BR> 1a1) to make, create <BR> 1a2) to do, perform <BR> 1b) (Ithp'al) <BR> 1b1) to be made into <BR> 1b2) to be done, be wrought, be performed, be executed, be carried out 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ‘ă·ḇaḏ
         has performed 
    
 
        
            עִמִּ֔י 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
עִמִּ֔י 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ‘im·mî
                
                
                     for me . 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Preposition | first person common singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        5974 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) with <BR> 1a) together with, with <BR> 1b) with, during 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ‘im·mî
         for me . 
    
                              
                         
                                                                                                                                            
                        
                        
                                                            How great are His signs, how mighty His wonders! His kingdom is an eternal kingdom; His dominion endures from generation to generation.
                                                    
                        
                                                                                                                     
                             
                         
                     
                                            
                            
                            
                            
                                
        
            כְּמָ֣ה 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
כְּמָ֣ה 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    kə·māh
                
                
                     How 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Interrogative 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        4101 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) what, whatever <BR> 1a) what? <BR> 1b) whatever, what, whatsoever <BR> 1c) how?, why?, wherefore? (with prefixes) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        kə·māh
         How 
    
 
        
            רַבְרְבִ֔ין 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
רַבְרְבִ֔ין 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    raḇ·rə·ḇîn
                
                
                     great 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Adjective - masculine plural 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        7260 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        adj <BR> 1) great <BR> 1a) great <BR> 1b) great (fig. of power) <BR> n <BR> 2) captain, chief 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        raḇ·rə·ḇîn
         great 
    
 
        
            אָת֙וֹהִי֙ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
אָת֙וֹהִי֙ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ’ā·ṯō·w·hî
                
                
                     [are] His signs , 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Noun - masculine plural construct | third person masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        852 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) sign, miraculous signs, wonders 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ’ā·ṯō·w·hî
         [are] His signs , 
    
 
        
            כְּמָ֣ה 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
כְּמָ֣ה 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    kə·māh
                
                
                     how 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Interrogative 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        4101 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) what, whatever <BR> 1a) what? <BR> 1b) whatever, what, whatsoever <BR> 1c) how?, why?, wherefore? (with prefixes) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        kə·māh
         how 
    
 
        
            תַקִּיפִ֑ין 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
תַקִּיפִ֑ין 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ṯaq·qî·p̄în
                
                
                     mighty 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Adjective - masculine plural 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        8624 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) might, strong, mighty 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ṯaq·qî·p̄în
         mighty 
    
 
        
            וְתִמְה֖וֹהִי 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
וְתִמְה֖וֹהִי 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    wə·ṯim·hō·w·hî
                
                
                     His wonders ! 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Conjunctive waw | Noun - masculine plural construct | third person masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        8540 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) wonder, miracle 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        wə·ṯim·hō·w·hî
         His wonders ! 
    
 
        
            מַלְכוּתֵהּ֙ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
מַלְכוּתֵהּ֙ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    mal·ḵū·ṯêh
                
                
                     His kingdom 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Noun - feminine singular construct | third person masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        4437 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) royalty, reign, kingdom <BR> 1a) royalty, kingship, kingly authority <BR> 1b) kingdom <BR> 1c) realm (of territory)<BR> 1d) reign (of time) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        mal·ḵū·ṯêh
         His kingdom 
    
 
        
            עָלַ֔ם 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
עָלַ֔ם 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ‘ā·lam
                
                
                     is an eternal 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Noun - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        5957 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) perpetuity, antiquity, for ever 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ‘ā·lam
         is an eternal 
    
 
        
            מַלְכ֣וּת 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
מַלְכ֣וּת 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    mal·ḵūṯ
                
                
                     kingdom ; 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Noun - feminine singular construct 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        4437 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) royalty, reign, kingdom <BR> 1a) royalty, kingship, kingly authority <BR> 1b) kingdom <BR> 1c) realm (of territory)<BR> 1d) reign (of time) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        mal·ḵūṯ
         kingdom ; 
    
 
        
            וְשָׁלְטָנֵ֖הּ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
וְשָׁלְטָנֵ֖הּ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    wə·šā·lə·ṭā·nêh
                
                
                     His dominion endures 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Conjunctive waw | Noun - masculine singular construct | third person masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        7985 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) dominion, sovereignty <BR> 1a) dominion, sovereignty <BR> 1b) realm 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        wə·šā·lə·ṭā·nêh
         His dominion endures 
    
 
        
            עִם־ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
עִם־ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ‘im-
                
                
                     from 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Preposition 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        5974 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) with <BR> 1a) together with, with <BR> 1b) with, during 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ‘im-
         from 
    
 
        
            דָּ֥ר 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
דָּ֥ר 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    dār
                
                
                     generation 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Noun - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        1859 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) generation 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        dār
         generation 
    
 
        
            וְדָֽר׃ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
וְדָֽר׃ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    wə·ḏār
                
                
                     to generation . 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Conjunctive waw | Noun - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        1859 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) generation 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        wə·ḏār
         to generation . 
    
                              
                         
                                                                                                                                            
                        
                        
                                                            I, Nebuchadnezzar, was at ease in my house and flourishing in my palace.
                                                    
                        
                                                                                                                     
                             
                         
                     
                                            
                            
                            
                            
                                
        
            אֲנָ֣ה 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
אֲנָ֣ה 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ’ă·nāh
                
                
                     I , 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Pronoun - first person common singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        576 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) I (first pers. sing. -usually used for emphasis) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ’ă·nāh
         I , 
    
 
        
            נְבוּכַדְנֶצַּ֗ר 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
נְבוּכַדְנֶצַּ֗ר 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    nə·ḇū·ḵaḏ·neṣ·ṣar
                
                
                     Nebuchadnezzar , 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Noun - proper - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        5020 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        Nebuchadnezzar = |may Nebo protect the crown|<BR> 1) the great king of Babylon who captured Jerusalem and carried Judah captive 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        nə·ḇū·ḵaḏ·neṣ·ṣar
         Nebuchadnezzar , 
    
 
        
            הֲוֵית֙ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
הֲוֵית֙ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    hă·wêṯ
                
                
                     was 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Verb - Qal - Perfect - first person common singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        1934 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to come to pass, become, be <BR> 1a) (P'al) <BR> 1a1) to come to pass<BR> 1a2) to come into being, arise, become, come to be <BR> 1a2a) to let become known (with participle of knowing) <BR> 1a3) to be 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        hă·wêṯ
         was 
    
 
        
            שְׁלֵ֤ה 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
שְׁלֵ֤ה 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    šə·lêh
                
                
                     at ease 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Adjective - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        7954 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) (P'al) at ease 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        šə·lêh
         at ease 
    
 
        
            בְּבֵיתִ֔י 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
בְּבֵיתִ֔י 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    bə·ḇê·ṯî
                
                
                     in my house 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Preposition-b | Noun - masculine singular construct | first person common singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        1005 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) house (of men) <BR> 2) house (of God) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        bə·ḇê·ṯî
         in my house 
    
 
        
            וְרַעְנַ֖ן 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
וְרַעְנַ֖ן 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    wə·ra‘·nan
                
                
                     and flourishing 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Conjunctive waw | Adjective - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        7487 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) flourishing 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        wə·ra‘·nan
         and flourishing 
    
 
        
            בְּהֵיכְלִֽי׃ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
בְּהֵיכְלִֽי׃ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    bə·hê·ḵə·lî
                
                
                     in my palace . 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Preposition-b | Noun - masculine singular construct | first person common singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        1965 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) palace, temple <BR> 1a) palace <BR> 1b) temple (in Jerusalem) <BR> 1c) temple (pagan) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        bə·hê·ḵə·lî
         in my palace . 
    
                              
                         
                                                                                                                                            
                        
                        
                                                            I had a dream, and it frightened me; while I was in my bed, the images and visions in my mind alarmed me.
                                                    
                        
                                                                                                                     
                             
                         
                     
                                            
                            
                            
                            
                                
        
            חֲזֵ֖ית 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
חֲזֵ֖ית 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ḥă·zêṯ
                
                
                     I had 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Verb - Qal - Perfect - first person common singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        2370 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to see, behold <BR> 1a)(P'al)<BR> 1a1) to see <BR> 1a2) to see, behold, witness <BR> 1a3) to behold (in a dream or vision) <BR> 1a4) customary, seemly (passive) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ḥă·zêṯ
         I had 
    
 
        
            חֵ֥לֶם 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
חֵ֥לֶם 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ḥê·lem
                
                
                     a dream , 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Noun - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        2493 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) dream 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ḥê·lem
         a dream , 
    
 
        
            וִֽידַחֲלִנַּ֑נִי 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
וִֽידַחֲלִנַּ֑נִי 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    wî·ḏa·ḥă·lin·na·nî
                
                
                     and it frightened me ; 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Conjunctive waw | Verb - Piel - Conjunctive imperfect - third person masculine singular | first person common singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        1763 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to fear <BR> 1a) (P'al) <BR> 1a1) to fear <BR> 1a2) terrible (pass participle) <BR> 1b) (Pael) to cause to be afraid, make afraid 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        wî·ḏa·ḥă·lin·na·nî
         and it frightened me ; 
    
 
        
            עַֽל־ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
עַֽל־ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ‘al-
                
                
                     while in 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Preposition 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        5922 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) upon, over, on account of, above, to, against<BR> 1a) upon, over, on account of, regarding, concerning, on behalf of <BR> 1b) over (with verbs of ruling) <BR> 1c) above, beyond (in comparison) <BR> 1d) to, against (of direction) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ‘al-
         while in 
    
 
        
            מִשְׁכְּבִ֔י 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
מִשְׁכְּבִ֔י 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    miš·kə·ḇî
                
                
                     my bed , 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Noun - masculine singular construct | first person common singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        4903 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) couch, bed 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        miš·kə·ḇî
         my bed , 
    
 
        
            וְהַרְהֹרִין֙ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
וְהַרְהֹרִין֙ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    wə·har·hō·rîn
                
                
                     the images 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Conjunctive waw | Noun - masculine plural 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        2031 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) mental conception, fantasy, image, mental picture, fancy, imagining 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        wə·har·hō·rîn
         the images 
    
 
        
            וְחֶזְוֵ֥י 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
וְחֶזְוֵ֥י 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    wə·ḥez·wê
                
                
                     and visions 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Conjunctive waw | Noun - masculine plural construct 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        2376 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) vision, appearance <BR> 1a) vision <BR> 1b) appearance 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        wə·ḥez·wê
         and visions 
    
 
        
            רֵאשִׁ֖י 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
רֵאשִׁ֖י 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    rê·šî
                
                
                     in my mind 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Noun - masculine singular construct | first person common singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        7217 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) chief, head <BR> 1a) head (of man) <BR> 1b) head (as seat of visions) <BR> 1c) chief <BR> 1d) sum (essential content) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        rê·šî
         in my mind 
    
 
        
            יְבַהֲלֻנַּֽנִי׃ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
יְבַהֲלֻנַּֽנִי׃ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    yə·ḇa·hă·lun·na·nî
                
                
                     alarmed me . 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Verb - Piel - Imperfect - third person masculine plural | first person common singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        927 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) (Pual) to frighten, alarm, dismay <BR> 2) (Ithpa'al) to hurry, hasten <BR> 3) (Ithpa'al) alarmed (part.) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        yə·ḇa·hă·lun·na·nî
         alarmed me . 
    
                              
                         
                                                                                                                                            
                        
                        
                                                            So I issued a decree that all the wise men of Babylon be brought before me to interpret the dream for me.
                                                    
                        
                                                                                                                     
                             
                         
                     
                                            
                            
                            
                            
                                
        
            וּמִנִּי֙ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
וּמִנִּי֙ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ū·min·nî
                
                
                     So 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Conjunctive waw | Preposition | first person common singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        4481 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) from, out of, by, by reason of, at, more than <BR> 1a) from, out of (of place) <BR> 1b) from, by, as a result of, by reason of, at, according to, (of source) <BR> 1c) from (of time) <BR> 1d) beyond, more than (in comparisons) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ū·min·nî
         So 
    
 
        
            שִׂ֣ים 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
שִׂ֣ים 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    śîm
                
                
                     I issued 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Verb - Nifal - Perfect - third person masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        7761 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to set, make, appoint <BR> 1a) (P'al) <BR> 1a1) to make, make decree, setout (decree) <BR> 1a2) to make, appoint <BR> 1a3) to set, fix <BR> 1b) (Ithp'al) to be made, be set, be laid 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        śîm
         I issued 
    
 
        
            טְעֵ֔ם 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
טְעֵ֔ם 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ṭə·‘êm
                
                
                     a decree 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Noun - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        2942 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) decree, taste, judgment, command <BR> 1a) taste <BR> 1b) judgment, discretion <BR> 1c) report <BR> 1d) command 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ṭə·‘êm
         a decree 
    
 
        
            לְכֹ֖ל 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
לְכֹ֖ל 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    lə·ḵōl
                
                
                     that all 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Preposition-l | Noun - masculine singular construct 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        3606 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) all, whole, the whole <BR> 1a) the whole of, all <BR> 1b) every, any, none 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        lə·ḵōl
         that all 
    
 
        
            חַכִּימֵ֣י 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
חַכִּימֵ֣י 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ḥak·kî·mê
                
                
                     the wise men 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Noun - masculine plural construct 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        2445 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) wise man, wise 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ḥak·kî·mê
         the wise men 
    
 
        
            בָבֶ֑ל 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
בָבֶ֑ל 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ḇā·ḇel
                
                
                     of Babylon 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Noun - proper - feminine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        895 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        Babel or Babylon = |confusion (by mixing)|<BR> 1) Babel or Babylon, the ancient site and/or capital of Babylonia (modern Hillah) situated on the Euphrates 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ḇā·ḇel
         of Babylon 
    
 
        
            לְהַנְעָלָ֣ה 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
לְהַנְעָלָ֣ה 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    lə·han·‘ā·lāh
                
                
                     be brought 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Preposition-l | Verb - Hifil - Infinitive construct 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        5954 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to thrust in, go in, come in <BR> 1a) (P'al) to go in, come in <BR> 1b) (Aphel) to bring in <BR> 1c) (Hophal) to be brought in 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        lə·han·‘ā·lāh
         be brought 
    
 
        
            קָֽדָמַ֔י 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
קָֽדָמַ֔י 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    qā·ḏā·may
                
                
                     before me 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Preposition | first person common singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        6925 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) before, in front of <BR> 1a) before <BR> 1b) from before 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        qā·ḏā·may
         before me 
    
 
        
            דִּֽי־ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
דִּֽי־ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    dî-
                
                
                     to 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Pronoun - relative 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        1768 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        part of relation<BR> 1) who, which, that <BR> mark of genitive <BR> 2) that of, which belongs to, that<BR> conj <BR> 3) that, because 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        dî-
         to 
    
 
        
            פְשַׁ֥ר 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
פְשַׁ֥ר 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    p̄ə·šar
                
                
                     interpret 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Noun - masculine singular construct 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        6591 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) interpretation (of dream) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        p̄ə·šar
         interpret 
    
 
        
            חֶלְמָ֖א 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
חֶלְמָ֖א 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ḥel·mā
                
                
                     the dream 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Noun - masculine singular determinate 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        2493 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) dream 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ḥel·mā
         the dream 
    
 
        
            יְהֽוֹדְעֻנַּֽנִי׃ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
יְהֽוֹדְעֻנַּֽנִי׃ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    yə·hō·wḏ·‘un·na·nî
                
                
                     for me . 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Verb - Hifil - Imperfect - third person masculine plural | first person common singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        3046 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to know <BR> 1a) (P'al) to know <BR> 1b) (Aphel) to let someone know, communicate, inform, cause to know 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        yə·hō·wḏ·‘un·na·nî
         for me . 
    
                              
                         
                                                                                                                                            
                        
                        
                                                            When the magicians, enchanters, astrologers, and diviners came in, I told them the dream, but they could not interpret it for me.
                                                    
                        
                                                                                                                     
                             
                         
                     
                                            
                            
                            
                            
                                
        
            בֵּאדַ֣יִן 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
בֵּאדַ֣יִן 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    bê·ḏa·yin
                
                
                     When 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Preposition-b | Adverb 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        116 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) then, afterwards, thereupon, from that time 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        bê·ḏa·yin
         When 
    
 
        
            חַרְטֻמַיָּא֙ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
חַרְטֻמַיָּא֙ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ḥar·ṭu·may·yā
                
                
                     the magicians , 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Noun - masculine plural determinate 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        2749 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) magician, magician-astrologer 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ḥar·ṭu·may·yā
         the magicians , 
    
 
        
            אָֽשְׁפַיָּ֔א 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
אָֽשְׁפַיָּ֔א 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ’ā·šə·p̄ay·yā
                
                
                     enchanters , 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Noun - masculine plural determinate 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        826 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) conjurer, enchanter, (CLBL) necromancer 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ’ā·šə·p̄ay·yā
         enchanters , 
    
 
        
            כַּשְׂדָּיֵא 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
כַּשְׂדָּיֵא 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    kaś·då̄·yē
                
                
                     astrologers , 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Noun - proper - masculine plural 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        3779 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        Chaldean = |clod breakers|<BR> 1) the inhabitants of Chaldea, living on the lower Euphrates and Tigris <BR> 2) those persons considered the wisest in the land (by extension) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        kaś·då̄·yē
         astrologers , 
    
 
        
            וְגָזְרַיָּ֑א 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
וְגָזְרַיָּ֑א 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    wə·ḡā·zə·ray·yā
                
                
                     and diviners 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Conjunctive waw | Verb - Qal - Participle - masculine plural determinate 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        1505 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to cut, determine <BR> 1a) (P'al) determiner (participle) <BR> 1b) (Ithp'al) to be cut out 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        wə·ḡā·zə·ray·yā
         and diviners 
    
 
        
            עָלֲלִין 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
עָלֲלִין 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ʿå̄·lă·līn
                
                
                     came in , 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Verb - Qal - Participle - masculine plural 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        5954 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to thrust in, go in, come in <BR> 1a) (P'al) to go in, come in <BR> 1b) (Aphel) to bring in <BR> 1c) (Hophal) to be brought in 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ʿå̄·lă·līn
         came in , 
    
 
        
            אֲנָה֙ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
אֲנָה֙ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ’ă·nāh
                
                
                     I 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Pronoun - first person common singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        576 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) I (first pers. sing. -usually used for emphasis) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ’ă·nāh
         I 
    
 
        
            קֳדָ֣מֵיה֔וֹן 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
קֳדָ֣מֵיה֔וֹן 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    qo·ḏā·mê·hō·wn
                
                
                     . . . 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Noun - masculine plural construct | third person masculine plural 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        6925 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) before, in front of <BR> 1a) before <BR> 1b) from before 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        qo·ḏā·mê·hō·wn
         . . . 
    
 
        
            אָמַ֤ר 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
אָמַ֤ר 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ’ā·mar
                
                
                     told them 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Verb - Qal - Participle - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        560 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) (P'al) to say, to speak, to command, to tell, to relate 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ’ā·mar
         told them 
    
 
        
            וְחֶלְמָ֗א 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
וְחֶלְמָ֗א 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    wə·ḥel·mā
                
                
                     the dream , 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Conjunctive waw | Noun - masculine singular determinate 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        2493 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) dream 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        wə·ḥel·mā
         the dream , 
    
 
        
            לָא־ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
לָא־ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    lā-
                
                
                     and they could not 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Adverb - Negative particle 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        3809 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) no, not, nothing 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        lā-
         and they could not 
    
 
        
            וּפִשְׁרֵ֖הּ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
וּפִשְׁרֵ֖הּ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ū·p̄iš·rêh
                
                
                     interpret it 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Conjunctive waw | Noun - masculine singular construct | third person masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        6591 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) interpretation (of dream) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ū·p̄iš·rêh
         interpret it 
    
 
        
            מְהוֹדְעִ֥ין 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
מְהוֹדְעִ֥ין 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    mə·hō·wḏ·‘în
                
                
                     
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Verb - Hifil - Participle - masculine plural 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        3046 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to know <BR> 1a) (P'al) to know <BR> 1b) (Aphel) to let someone know, communicate, inform, cause to know 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        mə·hō·wḏ·‘în
         
    
 
        
            לִֽי׃ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
לִֽי׃ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    lî
                
                
                     for me . 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Preposition | first person common singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                         
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                         
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        lî
         for me . 
    
                              
                         
                                                                                                                                            
                        
                        
                                                            But at last, into my presence came Daniel (whose name is Belteshazzar after the name of my god, and in whom is the spirit of the holy gods). And I told him the dream:
                                                    
                        
                                                                                                                     
                             
                         
                     
                                            
                            
                            
                            
                                
        
            וְעַ֣ד 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
וְעַ֣ד 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    wə·‘aḏ
                
                
                     But at 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Conjunctive waw | Preposition 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        5705 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        prep<BR> 1) even to, until, up to, during <BR> conj <BR> 2) until, up to the time that, ere that 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        wə·‘aḏ
         But at 
    
 
        
            אָחֳרֵ֡ין 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
אָחֳרֵ֡ין 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ’ā·ḥo·rên
                
                
                     last , 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Adjective - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        318 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) end, outcome <BR> 1a) hid part (of cows) <BR> 1b) end (of time) <BR> 1c) remnant, descendants 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ’ā·ḥo·rên
         last , 
    
 
        
            קָֽדָמַ֨י 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
קָֽדָמַ֨י 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    qā·ḏā·may
                
                
                     into my presence 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Preposition | first person common singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        6925 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) before, in front of <BR> 1a) before <BR> 1b) from before 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        qā·ḏā·may
         into my presence 
    
 
        
            עַל֩ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
עַל֩ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ‘al
                
                
                     came 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Verb - Qal - Perfect - third person masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        5954 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to thrust in, go in, come in <BR> 1a) (P'al) to go in, come in <BR> 1b) (Aphel) to bring in <BR> 1c) (Hophal) to be brought in 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ‘al
         came 
    
 
        
            דָּנִיֵּ֜אל 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
דָּנִיֵּ֜אל 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    dā·nî·yêl
                
                
                     Daniel 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Noun - proper - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        1841 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        Daniel = |God is my judge|<BR> 1) the 4th of the greater prophets, taken as hostage in the first deportation to Babylon, because of the gift of God of the interpretation of dreams, he became the 2nd in command of the Babylon empire and lasted through the end of the Babylonian empire and into the Persian empire. His prophecies are the key to the understanding of end time events. Noted for his purity and holiness by contemporary prophet, Ezekiel <BR> 1a) also, 'Belteshazzar' ( H01095 or H01096) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        dā·nî·yêl
         Daniel 
    
 
        
            דִּֽי־ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
דִּֽי־ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    dî-
                
                
                     ( whose 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Pronoun - relative 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        1768 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        part of relation<BR> 1) who, which, that <BR> mark of genitive <BR> 2) that of, which belongs to, that<BR> conj <BR> 3) that, because 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        dî-
         ( whose 
    
 
        
            שְׁמֵ֤הּ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
שְׁמֵ֤הּ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    šə·mêh
                
                
                     name is 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Noun - masculine singular construct | third person masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        8036 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) name 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        šə·mêh
         name is 
    
 
        
            בֵּלְטְשַׁאצַּר֙ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
בֵּלְטְשַׁאצַּר֙ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    bê·lə·ṭə·šaṣ·ṣar
                
                
                     Belteshazzar 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Noun - proper - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        1096 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        Belteshazzar = |lord of the straitened's treasure|<BR> 1) the 4th of the greater prophets, taken as hostage in the first deportation to Babylon; because of the gift of God of the interpretation of dreams, he became the 2nd in command of the Babylon empire and lasted through the end of the Babylonian empire and into the Persian empire. His prophecies are the key to the understanding of end time events. Noted for his purity and holiness by contemporary prophet, Ezekiel <BR> 1a) also, 'Daniel' ( H01840 or H01841) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        bê·lə·ṭə·šaṣ·ṣar
         Belteshazzar 
    
 
        
            כְּשֻׁ֣ם 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
כְּשֻׁ֣ם 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    kə·šum
                
                
                     after the name 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Preposition-k | Noun - masculine singular construct 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        8036 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) name 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        kə·šum
         after the name 
    
 
        
            אֱלָהִ֔י 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
אֱלָהִ֔י 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ’ĕ·lā·hî
                
                
                     of my god , 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Noun - masculine singular construct | first person common singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        426 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) god, God <BR> 1a) god, heathen deity <BR> 1b) God (of Israel) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ’ĕ·lā·hî
         of my god , 
    
 
        
            וְדִ֛י 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
וְדִ֛י 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    wə·ḏî
                
                
                     and in whom 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Conjunctive waw | Pronoun - relative 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        1768 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        part of relation<BR> 1) who, which, that <BR> mark of genitive <BR> 2) that of, which belongs to, that<BR> conj <BR> 3) that, because 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        wə·ḏî
         and in whom 
    
 
        
            רֽוּחַ־ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
רֽוּחַ־ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    rū·aḥ-
                
                
                     [is] the spirit 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Noun - common singular construct 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        7308 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) spirit, wind <BR> 1a) wind <BR> 1b) spirit <BR> 1b1) of man <BR> 1b2) seat of the mind 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        rū·aḥ-
         [is] the spirit 
    
 
        
            קַדִּישִׁ֖ין 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
קַדִּישִׁ֖ין 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    qad·dî·šîn
                
                
                     of the holy 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Adjective - masculine plural 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        6922 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) holy, separate <BR> 2) (TWOT) angels, saints 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        qad·dî·šîn
         of the holy 
    
 
        
            אֱלָהִ֥ין 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
אֱלָהִ֥ין 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ’ĕ·lā·hîn
                
                
                     gods 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Noun - masculine plural 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        426 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) god, God <BR> 1a) god, heathen deity <BR> 1b) God (of Israel) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ’ĕ·lā·hîn
         gods 
    
 
        
            בֵּ֑הּ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
בֵּ֑הּ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    bêh
                
                
                     - ) . 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Preposition | third person masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                         
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                         
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        bêh
         - ) . 
    
 
        
            אַמְרֵֽת׃ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
אַמְרֵֽת׃ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ’am·rêṯ
                
                
                     And I told him 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Verb - Qal - Perfect - first person common singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        560 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) (P'al) to say, to speak, to command, to tell, to relate 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ’am·rêṯ
         And I told him 
    
 
        
            וְחֶלְמָ֖א 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
וְחֶלְמָ֖א 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    wə·ḥel·mā
                
                
                     the dream 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Conjunctive waw | Noun - masculine singular determinate 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        2493 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) dream 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        wə·ḥel·mā
         the dream 
    
 
        
            קָֽדָמ֥וֹהִי 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
קָֽדָמ֥וֹהִי 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    qā·ḏā·mō·w·hî
                
                
                     . . . : 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Preposition | third person masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        6925 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) before, in front of <BR> 1a) before <BR> 1b) from before 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        qā·ḏā·mō·w·hî
         . . . : 
    
                              
                         
                                                                                                                                            
                        
                        
                                                            “O Belteshazzar, chief of the magicians, I know that the spirit of the holy gods is in you and that no mystery baffles you. So explain to me the visions I saw in my dream, and their interpretation.
                                                    
                        
                                                                                                                     
                             
                         
                     
                                            
                            
                            
                            
                                
        
            בֵּלְטְשַׁאצַּר֮ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
בֵּלְטְשַׁאצַּר֮ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    bê·lə·ṭə·šaṣ·ṣar
                
                
                     “ O Belteshazzar , 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Noun - proper - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        1096 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        Belteshazzar = |lord of the straitened's treasure|<BR> 1) the 4th of the greater prophets, taken as hostage in the first deportation to Babylon; because of the gift of God of the interpretation of dreams, he became the 2nd in command of the Babylon empire and lasted through the end of the Babylonian empire and into the Persian empire. His prophecies are the key to the understanding of end time events. Noted for his purity and holiness by contemporary prophet, Ezekiel <BR> 1a) also, 'Daniel' ( H01840 or H01841) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        bê·lə·ṭə·šaṣ·ṣar
         “ O Belteshazzar , 
    
 
        
            רַ֣ב 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
רַ֣ב 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    raḇ
                
                
                     chief 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Adjective - masculine singular construct 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        7229 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        adj <BR> 1) great <BR> 1a) great <BR> 1b) great (fig of power) <BR> n <BR> 2) captain, chief 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        raḇ
         chief 
    
 
        
            חַרְטֻמַיָּא֒ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
חַרְטֻמַיָּא֒ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ḥar·ṭu·may·yā
                
                
                     of the magicians , 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Noun - masculine plural determinate 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        2749 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) magician, magician-astrologer 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ḥar·ṭu·may·yā
         of the magicians , 
    
 
        
            דִּ֣י׀ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
דִּ֣י׀ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    dî
                
                
                     - 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Pronoun - relative 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        1768 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        part of relation<BR> 1) who, which, that <BR> mark of genitive <BR> 2) that of, which belongs to, that<BR> conj <BR> 3) that, because 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        dî
         - 
    
 
        
            אֲנָ֣ה 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
אֲנָ֣ה 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ’ă·nāh
                
                
                     I 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Pronoun - first person common singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        576 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) I (first pers. sing. -usually used for emphasis) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ’ă·nāh
         I 
    
 
        
            יִדְעֵ֗ת 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
יִדְעֵ֗ת 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    yiḏ·‘êṯ
                
                
                     know 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Verb - Qal - Perfect - first person common singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        3046 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to know <BR> 1a) (P'al) to know <BR> 1b) (Aphel) to let someone know, communicate, inform, cause to know 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        yiḏ·‘êṯ
         know 
    
 
        
            דִּ֠י 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
דִּ֠י 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    dî
                
                
                     that 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Pronoun - relative 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        1768 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        part of relation<BR> 1) who, which, that <BR> mark of genitive <BR> 2) that of, which belongs to, that<BR> conj <BR> 3) that, because 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        dî
         that 
    
 
        
            ר֣וּחַ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
ר֣וּחַ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    rū·aḥ
                
                
                     the spirit 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Noun - common singular construct 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        7308 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) spirit, wind <BR> 1a) wind <BR> 1b) spirit <BR> 1b1) of man <BR> 1b2) seat of the mind 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        rū·aḥ
         the spirit 
    
 
        
            קַדִּישִׁין֙ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
קַדִּישִׁין֙ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    qad·dî·šîn
                
                
                     of the holy 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Adjective - masculine plural 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        6922 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) holy, separate <BR> 2) (TWOT) angels, saints 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        qad·dî·šîn
         of the holy 
    
 
        
            אֱלָהִ֤ין 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
אֱלָהִ֤ין 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ’ĕ·lā·hîn
                
                
                     gods 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Noun - masculine plural 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        426 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) god, God <BR> 1a) god, heathen deity <BR> 1b) God (of Israel) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ’ĕ·lā·hîn
         gods 
    
 
        
            בָּ֔ךְ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
בָּ֔ךְ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    bāḵ
                
                
                     [is] in you 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Preposition | second person masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                         
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                         
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        bāḵ
         [is] in you 
    
 
        
            וְכָל־ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
וְכָל־ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    wə·ḵāl
                
                
                     and that 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Conjunctive waw | Noun - masculine singular construct 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        3606 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) all, whole, the whole <BR> 1a) the whole of, all <BR> 1b) every, any, none 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        wə·ḵāl
         and that 
    
 
        
            לָא־ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
לָא־ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    lā-
                
                
                     no 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Adverb - Negative particle 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        3809 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) no, not, nothing 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        lā-
         no 
    
 
        
            רָ֖ז 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
רָ֖ז 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    rāz
                
                
                     mystery 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Noun - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        7328 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) secret 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        rāz
         mystery 
    
 
        
            אָנֵ֣ס 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
אָנֵ֣ס 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ’ā·nês
                
                
                     baffles 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Verb - Qal - Participle - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        598 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) (P'al) to oppress, compel, constrain 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ’ā·nês
         baffles 
    
 
        
            לָ֑ךְ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
לָ֑ךְ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    lāḵ
                
                
                     you . 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Preposition | second person masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                         
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                         
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        lāḵ
         you . 
    
 
        
            אֱמַֽר׃ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
אֱמַֽר׃ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ’ĕ·mar
                
                
                     [So] explain to me 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Verb - Qal - Imperative - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        560 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) (P'al) to say, to speak, to command, to tell, to relate 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ’ĕ·mar
         [So] explain to me 
    
 
        
            חֶזְוֵ֨י 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
חֶזְוֵ֨י 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ḥez·wê
                
                
                     the visions 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Noun - masculine plural construct 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        2376 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) vision, appearance <BR> 1a) vision <BR> 1b) appearance 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ḥez·wê
         the visions 
    
 
        
            דִֽי־ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
דִֽי־ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ḏî-
                
                
                     - 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Pronoun - relative 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        1768 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        part of relation<BR> 1) who, which, that <BR> mark of genitive <BR> 2) that of, which belongs to, that<BR> conj <BR> 3) that, because 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ḏî-
         - 
    
 
        
            חֲזֵ֛ית 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
חֲזֵ֛ית 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ḥă·zêṯ
                
                
                     I saw 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Verb - Qal - Perfect - first person common singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        2370 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to see, behold <BR> 1a)(P'al)<BR> 1a1) to see <BR> 1a2) to see, behold, witness <BR> 1a3) to behold (in a dream or vision) <BR> 1a4) customary, seemly (passive) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ḥă·zêṯ
         I saw 
    
 
        
            חֶלְמִ֧י 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
חֶלְמִ֧י 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ḥel·mî
                
                
                     in my dream , 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Noun - masculine singular construct | first person common singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        2493 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) dream 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ḥel·mî
         in my dream , 
    
 
        
            וּפִשְׁרֵ֖הּ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
וּפִשְׁרֵ֖הּ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ū·p̄iš·rêh
                
                
                     and their interpretation . 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Conjunctive waw | Noun - masculine singular construct | third person masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        6591 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) interpretation (of dream) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ū·p̄iš·rêh
         and their interpretation . 
    
                              
                         
                                                                                                                                            
                        
                        
                                                            In these visions of my mind as I was lying in bed, I saw this come to pass: There was a tree in the midst of the land, and its height was great.
                                                    
                        
                                                                                                                     
                             
                         
                     
                                            
                            
                            
                            
                                
        
            וְחֶזְוֵ֥י 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
וְחֶזְוֵ֥י 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    wə·ḥez·wê
                
                
                     In these visions 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Conjunctive waw | Noun - masculine plural construct 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        2376 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) vision, appearance <BR> 1a) vision <BR> 1b) appearance 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        wə·ḥez·wê
         In these visions 
    
 
        
            רֵאשִׁ֖י 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
רֵאשִׁ֖י 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    rê·šî
                
                
                     of my mind 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Noun - masculine singular construct | first person common singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        7217 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) chief, head <BR> 1a) head (of man) <BR> 1b) head (as seat of visions) <BR> 1c) chief <BR> 1d) sum (essential content) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        rê·šî
         of my mind 
    
 
        
            עַֽל־ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
עַֽל־ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ‘al-
                
                
                     as I was lying 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Preposition 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        5922 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) upon, over, on account of, above, to, against<BR> 1a) upon, over, on account of, regarding, concerning, on behalf of <BR> 1b) over (with verbs of ruling) <BR> 1c) above, beyond (in comparison) <BR> 1d) to, against (of direction) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ‘al-
         as I was lying 
    
 
        
            מִשְׁכְּבִ֑י 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
מִשְׁכְּבִ֑י 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    miš·kə·ḇî
                
                
                     in bed , 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Noun - masculine singular construct | first person common singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        4903 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) couch, bed 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        miš·kə·ḇî
         in bed , 
    
 
        
            חָזֵ֣ה 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
חָזֵ֣ה 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ḥā·zêh
                
                
                     I saw this 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Verb - Qal - Participle - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        2370 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to see, behold <BR> 1a)(P'al)<BR> 1a1) to see <BR> 1a2) to see, behold, witness <BR> 1a3) to behold (in a dream or vision) <BR> 1a4) customary, seemly (passive) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ḥā·zêh
         I saw this 
    
 
        
            הֲוֵ֔ית 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
הֲוֵ֔ית 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    hă·wêṯ
                
                
                     come to pass : 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Verb - Qal - Perfect - first person common singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        1934 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to come to pass, become, be <BR> 1a) (P'al) <BR> 1a1) to come to pass<BR> 1a2) to come into being, arise, become, come to be <BR> 1a2a) to let become known (with participle of knowing) <BR> 1a3) to be 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        hă·wêṯ
         come to pass : 
    
 
        
            וַאֲל֥וּ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
וַאֲל֥וּ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    wa·’ă·lū
                
                
                     There was 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Conjunctive waw | Interjection 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        431 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) behold!, lo! 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        wa·’ă·lū
         There was 
    
 
        
            אִילָ֛ן 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
אִילָ֛ן 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ’î·lān
                
                
                     a tree 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Noun - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        363 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) tree 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ’î·lān
         a tree 
    
 
        
            בְּג֥וֹא 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
בְּג֥וֹא 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    bə·ḡō·w
                
                
                     in the midst 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Preposition-b | Noun - masculine singular construct 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        1459 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) midst, the midst 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        bə·ḡō·w
         in the midst 
    
 
        
            אַרְעָ֖א 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
אַרְעָ֖א 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ’ar·‘ā
                
                
                     of the land , 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Noun - feminine singular determinate 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        772 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) earth, world, ground 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ’ar·‘ā
         of the land , 
    
 
        
            וְרוּמֵ֥הּ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
וְרוּמֵ֥הּ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    wə·rū·mêh
                
                
                     and its height 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Conjunctive waw | Noun - masculine singular construct | third person masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        7314 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) height 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        wə·rū·mêh
         and its height 
    
 
        
            שַׂגִּֽיא׃ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
שַׂגִּֽיא׃ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    śag·gî
                
                
                     was great . 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Adjective - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        7690 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        adj <BR> 1) great, much <BR> 1a) great <BR> 1b) much, many <BR> adv <BR> 2) exceedingly 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        śag·gî
         was great . 
    
                              
                         
                                                                                                                                            
                        
                        
                                                            The tree grew large and strong; its top reached the sky, and it was visible to the ends of the earth.
                                                    
                        
                                                                                                                     
                             
                         
                     
                                            
                            
                            
                            
                                
        
            אִֽילָנָ֖א 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
אִֽילָנָ֖א 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ’î·lā·nā
                
                
                     The tree 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Noun - masculine singular determinate 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        363 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) tree 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ’î·lā·nā
         The tree 
    
 
        
            רְבָ֥ה 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
רְבָ֥ה 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    rə·ḇāh
                
                
                     grew large 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Verb - Qal - Perfect - third person masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        7236 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to grow great <BR> 1a) (P'al) to grow long, grow tall and large, grow great, increase <BR> 1b) (Pael) to make great 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        rə·ḇāh
         grew large 
    
 
        
            וּתְקִ֑ף 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
וּתְקִ֑ף 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ū·ṯə·qip̄
                
                
                     and strong ; 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Conjunctive waw | Verb - Qal - Conjunctive perfect - third person masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        8631 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to grow strong, be hardened <BR> 1a) (P'al) <BR> 1a1) to grow strong, be hardened <BR> 1a2) to grow arrogant (fig) <BR> 1b) (Pael) to make strong, make firm, make stringent 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ū·ṯə·qip̄
         and strong ; 
    
 
        
            וְרוּמֵהּ֙ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
וְרוּמֵהּ֙ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    wə·rū·mêh
                
                
                     its top 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Conjunctive waw | Noun - masculine singular construct | third person masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        7314 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) height 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        wə·rū·mêh
         its top 
    
 
        
            יִמְטֵ֣א 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
יִמְטֵ֣א 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    yim·ṭê
                
                
                     reached 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Verb - Qal - Imperfect - third person masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        4291 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to reach, come upon, attain <BR> 1a) (P'al) <BR> 1a1) to reach, come to <BR> 1a2) to reach, extend <BR> 1a3) to come upon 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        yim·ṭê
         reached 
    
 
        
            לִשְׁמַיָּ֔א 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
לִשְׁמַיָּ֔א 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    liš·may·yā
                
                
                     the sky , 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Preposition-l | Noun - mdd 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        8065 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) heaven, heavens, sky <BR> 1a) visible sky <BR> 1b) Heaven (as abode of God) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        liš·may·yā
         the sky , 
    
 
        
            וַחֲזוֹתֵ֖הּ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
וַחֲזוֹתֵ֖הּ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    wa·ḥă·zō·w·ṯêh
                
                
                     and it was visible 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Conjunctive waw | Noun - feminine singular construct | third person masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        2379 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) view, sight, visibility 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        wa·ḥă·zō·w·ṯêh
         and it was visible 
    
 
        
            לְס֥וֹף 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
לְס֥וֹף 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    lə·sō·wp̄
                
                
                     to the ends 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Preposition-l | Noun - masculine singular construct 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        5491 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) end, conclusion 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        lə·sō·wp̄
         to the ends 
    
 
        
            כָּל־ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
כָּל־ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    kāl-
                
                
                     . . . 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Noun - masculine singular construct 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        3606 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) all, whole, the whole <BR> 1a) the whole of, all <BR> 1b) every, any, none 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        kāl-
         . . . 
    
 
        
            אַרְעָֽא׃ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
אַרְעָֽא׃ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ’ar·‘ā
                
                
                     of the earth . 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Noun - feminine singular determinate 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        772 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) earth, world, ground 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ’ar·‘ā
         of the earth . 
    
                              
                         
                                                                                                                                            
                        
                        
                                                            Its leaves were beautiful, its fruit was abundant, and upon it was food for all. Under it the beasts of the field found shelter, in its branches the birds of the air nested, and from it every creature was fed.
                                                    
                        
                                                                                                                     
                             
                         
                     
                                            
                            
                            
                            
                                
        
            עָפְיֵ֤הּ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
עָפְיֵ֤הּ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ‘ā·p̄ə·yêh
                
                
                     Its leaves 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Noun - masculine singular construct | third person masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        6074 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) leafage, foliage 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ‘ā·p̄ə·yêh
         Its leaves 
    
 
        
            שַׁפִּיר֙ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
שַׁפִּיר֙ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    šap·pîr
                
                
                     were beautiful , 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Adjective - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        8209 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) fair, beautiful (of foliage) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        šap·pîr
         were beautiful , 
    
 
        
            וְאִנְבֵּ֣הּ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
וְאִנְבֵּ֣הּ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    wə·’in·bêh
                
                
                     its fruit 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Conjunctive waw | Noun - masculine singular construct | third person masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        4 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) fruit, fresh, young, greening 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        wə·’in·bêh
         its fruit 
    
 
        
            שַׂגִּ֔יא 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
שַׂגִּ֔יא 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    śag·gî
                
                
                     was abundant , 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Adjective - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        7690 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        adj <BR> 1) great, much <BR> 1a) great <BR> 1b) much, many <BR> adv <BR> 2) exceedingly 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        śag·gî
         was abundant , 
    
 
        
            בֵ֑הּ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
בֵ֑הּ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ḇêh
                
                
                     and upon it 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Preposition | third person masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                         
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                         
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ḇêh
         and upon it 
    
 
        
            וּמָז֨וֹן 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
וּמָז֨וֹן 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ū·mā·zō·wn
                
                
                     was food 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Conjunctive waw | Noun - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        4203 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) food, feed 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ū·mā·zō·wn
         was food 
    
 
        
            לְכֹ֖לָּא־ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
לְכֹ֖לָּא־ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    lə·ḵōl·lā-
                
                
                     for all . 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Preposition-l | Noun - masculine singular determinate 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        3606 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) all, whole, the whole <BR> 1a) the whole of, all <BR> 1b) every, any, none 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        lə·ḵōl·lā-
         for all . 
    
 
        
            תְּחֹת֜וֹהִי 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
תְּחֹת֜וֹהִי 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    tə·ḥō·ṯō·w·hî
                
                
                     Under it 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Preposition | third person masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        8460 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) under 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        tə·ḥō·ṯō·w·hî
         Under it 
    
 
        
            חֵיוַ֣ת 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
חֵיוַ֣ת 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ḥê·waṯ
                
                
                     the beasts 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Noun - feminine singular construct 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        2423 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) beast, animal 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ḥê·waṯ
         the beasts 
    
 
        
            בָּרָ֗א 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
בָּרָ֗א 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    bā·rā
                
                
                     of the field 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Noun - masculine singular determinate 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        1251 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) field 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        bā·rā
         of the field 
    
 
        
            תַּטְלֵ֣ל׀ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
תַּטְלֵ֣ל׀ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    taṭ·lêl
                
                
                     found shelter , 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Verb - Hifil - Imperfect - third person feminine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        2927 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) (Aphel) to seek shade, have shade 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        taṭ·lêl
         found shelter , 
    
 
        
            וּבְעַנְפ֙וֹהִי֙ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
וּבְעַנְפ֙וֹהִי֙ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ū·ḇə·‘an·p̄ō·w·hî
                
                
                     in its branches 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Conjunctive waw, Preposition-b | Noun - masculine plural construct 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        6056 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) bough, branch 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ū·ḇə·‘an·p̄ō·w·hî
         in its branches 
    
 
        
            צִפֲּרֵ֣י 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
צִפֲּרֵ֣י 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ṣip·pă·rê
                
                
                     the birds 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Noun - feminine plural construct 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        6853 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) bird 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ṣip·pă·rê
         the birds 
    
 
        
            שְׁמַיָּ֔א 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
שְׁמַיָּ֔א 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    šə·may·yā
                
                
                     of the air 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Noun - mdd 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        8065 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) heaven, heavens, sky <BR> 1a) visible sky <BR> 1b) Heaven (as abode of God) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        šə·may·yā
         of the air 
    
 
        
            יְדֻרוּן 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
יְדֻרוּן 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    yə·ḏu·rūn
                
                
                     nested , 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Verb - Qal - Imperfect - third person feminine plural 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        1753 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) (P'al) to dwell 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        yə·ḏu·rūn
         nested , 
    
 
        
            וּמִנֵּ֖הּ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
וּמִנֵּ֖הּ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ū·min·nêh
                
                
                     and from it 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Conjunctive waw | Preposition | third person masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        4481 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) from, out of, by, by reason of, at, more than <BR> 1a) from, out of (of place) <BR> 1b) from, by, as a result of, by reason of, at, according to, (of source) <BR> 1c) from (of time) <BR> 1d) beyond, more than (in comparisons) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ū·min·nêh
         and from it 
    
 
        
            כָּל־ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
כָּל־ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    kāl-
                
                
                     every 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Noun - masculine singular construct 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        3606 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) all, whole, the whole <BR> 1a) the whole of, all <BR> 1b) every, any, none 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        kāl-
         every 
    
 
        
            בִּשְׂרָֽא׃ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
בִּשְׂרָֽא׃ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    biś·rā
                
                
                     creature 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Noun - masculine singular determinate 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        1321 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) flesh 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        biś·rā
         creature 
    
 
        
            יִתְּזִ֥ין 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
יִתְּזִ֥ין 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    yit·tə·zîn
                
                
                     was fed . 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Verb - Hitpael - Imperfect - third person masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        2110 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to feed <BR> 1a) (Ithp'el) to feed oneself 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        yit·tə·zîn
         was fed . 
    
                              
                         
                                                                                                                                            
                        
                        
                                                            As I lay on my bed, I also saw in the visions of my mind a watcher, a holy one, coming down from heaven.
                                                    
                        
                                                                                                                     
                             
                         
                     
                                            
                            
                            
                            
                                
        
            עַֽל־ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
עַֽל־ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ‘al-
                
                
                     As I lay 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Preposition 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        5922 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) upon, over, on account of, above, to, against<BR> 1a) upon, over, on account of, regarding, concerning, on behalf of <BR> 1b) over (with verbs of ruling) <BR> 1c) above, beyond (in comparison) <BR> 1d) to, against (of direction) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ‘al-
         As I lay 
    
 
        
            מִשְׁכְּבִ֑י 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
מִשְׁכְּבִ֑י 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    miš·kə·ḇî
                
                
                     on my bed , 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Noun - masculine singular construct | first person common singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        4903 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) couch, bed 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        miš·kə·ḇî
         on my bed , 
    
 
        
            וַאֲלוּ֙ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
וַאֲלוּ֙ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    wa·’ă·lū
                
                
                     . . . 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Conjunctive waw | Interjection 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        431 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) behold!, lo! 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        wa·’ă·lū
         . . . 
    
 
        
            חָזֵ֥ה 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
חָזֵ֥ה 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ḥā·zêh
                
                
                     I also saw 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Verb - Qal - Participle - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        2370 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to see, behold <BR> 1a)(P'al)<BR> 1a1) to see <BR> 1a2) to see, behold, witness <BR> 1a3) to behold (in a dream or vision) <BR> 1a4) customary, seemly (passive) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ḥā·zêh
         I also saw 
    
 
        
            הֲוֵ֛ית 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
הֲוֵ֛ית 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    hă·wêṯ
                
                
                     . . . 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Verb - Qal - Perfect - first person common singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        1934 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to come to pass, become, be <BR> 1a) (P'al) <BR> 1a1) to come to pass<BR> 1a2) to come into being, arise, become, come to be <BR> 1a2a) to let become known (with participle of knowing) <BR> 1a3) to be 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        hă·wêṯ
         . . . 
    
 
        
            בְּחֶזְוֵ֥י 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
בְּחֶזְוֵ֥י 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    bə·ḥez·wê
                
                
                     in the visions 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Preposition-b | Noun - masculine plural construct 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        2376 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) vision, appearance <BR> 1a) vision <BR> 1b) appearance 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        bə·ḥez·wê
         in the visions 
    
 
        
            רֵאשִׁ֖י 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
רֵאשִׁ֖י 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    rê·šî
                
                
                     of my mind 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Noun - masculine singular construct | first person common singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        7217 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) chief, head <BR> 1a) head (of man) <BR> 1b) head (as seat of visions) <BR> 1c) chief <BR> 1d) sum (essential content) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        rê·šî
         of my mind 
    
 
        
            עִ֣יר 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
עִ֣יר 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ‘îr
                
                
                     a watcher , 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Noun - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        5894 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) waking, watchful, wakeful one, watcher, angel 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ‘îr
         a watcher , 
    
 
        
            וְקַדִּ֔ישׁ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
וְקַדִּ֔ישׁ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    wə·qad·dîš
                
                
                     a holy one , 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Conjunctive waw | Adjective - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        6922 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) holy, separate <BR> 2) (TWOT) angels, saints 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        wə·qad·dîš
         a holy one , 
    
 
        
            נָחִֽת׃ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
נָחִֽת׃ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    nā·ḥiṯ
                
                
                     coming down 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Verb - Qal - Participle - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        5182 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to descend <BR> 1a) (P'al) to descend <BR> 1b) (Aphel) to deposit <BR> 1c) (Hophal) to be deposed, be cast down 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        nā·ḥiṯ
         coming down 
    
 
        
            מִן־ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
מִן־ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    min-
                
                
                     from 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Preposition 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        4481 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) from, out of, by, by reason of, at, more than <BR> 1a) from, out of (of place) <BR> 1b) from, by, as a result of, by reason of, at, according to, (of source) <BR> 1c) from (of time) <BR> 1d) beyond, more than (in comparisons) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        min-
         from 
    
 
        
            שְׁמַיָּ֖א 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
שְׁמַיָּ֖א 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    šə·may·yā
                
                
                     heaven . 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Noun - mdd 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        8065 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) heaven, heavens, sky <BR> 1a) visible sky <BR> 1b) Heaven (as abode of God) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        šə·may·yā
         heaven . 
    
                              
                         
                                                                                                                                            
                        
                        
                                                            He called out in a loud voice: ‘Cut down the tree and chop off its branches; strip off its leaves and scatter its fruit. Let the beasts flee from under it, and the birds from its branches.
                                                    
                        
                                                                                                                     
                             
                         
                     
                                            
                            
                            
                            
                                
        
            קָרֵ֨א 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
קָרֵ֨א 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    qā·rê
                
                
                     He called out 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Verb - Qal - Participle - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        7123 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to call, read aloud, read out, shout <BR> 1a) (P'al) <BR> 1a1) to call, proclaim <BR> 1a2) to read aloud, read out <BR> 1b)(Ithp'el) to be summoned, be called 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        qā·rê
         He called out 
    
 
        
            בְחַ֜יִל 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
בְחַ֜יִל 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ḇə·ḥa·yil
                
                
                     in a loud voice 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Preposition-b | Noun - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        2429 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) strength, army, power <BR> 1a) power <BR> 1b) force, army 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ḇə·ḥa·yil
         in a loud voice 
    
 
        
            וְכֵ֣ן 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
וְכֵ֣ן 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    wə·ḵên
                
                
                     . . . 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Conjunctive waw | Adverb 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        3652 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) thus, so, as follows 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        wə·ḵên
         . . . 
    
 
        
            אָמַ֗ר 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
אָמַ֗ר 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ’ā·mar
                
                
                     . . . : 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Verb - Qal - Participle - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        560 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) (P'al) to say, to speak, to command, to tell, to relate 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ’ā·mar
         . . . : 
    
 
        
            גֹּ֤דּוּ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
גֹּ֤דּוּ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    gōd·dū
                
                
                     ‘ Cut down 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Verb - Qal - Imperative - masculine plural 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        1414 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to cut down, hew down 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        gōd·dū
         ‘ Cut down 
    
 
        
            אִֽילָנָא֙ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
אִֽילָנָא֙ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ’î·lā·nā
                
                
                     the tree 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Noun - masculine singular determinate 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        363 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) tree 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ’î·lā·nā
         the tree 
    
 
        
            וְקַצִּ֣צוּ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
וְקַצִּ֣צוּ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    wə·qaṣ·ṣi·ṣū
                
                
                     and chop off 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Conjunctive waw | Verb - Piel - Imperative - masculine plural 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        7113 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) (Pael) to cut off 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        wə·qaṣ·ṣi·ṣū
         and chop off 
    
 
        
            עַנְפ֔וֹהִי 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
עַנְפ֔וֹהִי 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ‘an·p̄ō·w·hî
                
                
                     its branches ; 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Noun - masculine plural construct | third person masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        6056 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) bough, branch 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ‘an·p̄ō·w·hî
         its branches ; 
    
 
        
            אַתַּ֥רוּ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
אַתַּ֥רוּ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ’at·ta·rū
                
                
                     strip off 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Verb - Hifil - Imperative - masculine plural 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        5426 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to strip off <BR> 1a) (Aphel) to strip off 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ’at·ta·rū
         strip off 
    
 
        
            עָפְיֵ֖הּ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
עָפְיֵ֖הּ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ‘ā·p̄ə·yêh
                
                
                     its leaves 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Noun - masculine singular construct | third person masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        6074 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) leafage, foliage 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ‘ā·p̄ə·yêh
         its leaves 
    
 
        
            וּבַדַּ֣רוּ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
וּבַדַּ֣רוּ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ū·ḇad·da·rū
                
                
                     and scatter 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Conjunctive waw | Verb - Piel - Imperative - masculine plural 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        921 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) (Pael) to scatter 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ū·ḇad·da·rū
         and scatter 
    
 
        
            אִנְבֵּ֑הּ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
אִנְבֵּ֑הּ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ’in·bêh
                
                
                     its fruit . 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Noun - masculine singular construct | third person masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        4 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) fruit, fresh, young, greening 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ’in·bêh
         its fruit . 
    
 
        
            חֵֽיוְתָא֙ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
חֵֽיוְתָא֙ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ḥê·wə·ṯā
                
                
                     Let the beasts 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Noun - feminine singular determinate 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        2423 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) beast, animal 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ḥê·wə·ṯā
         Let the beasts 
    
 
        
            תְּנֻ֤ד 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
תְּנֻ֤ד 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    tə·nuḏ
                
                
                     flee 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Verb - Qal - Imperfect - third person feminine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        5111 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) (P'al) to flee 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        tə·nuḏ
         flee 
    
 
        
            מִן־ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
מִן־ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    min-
                
                
                     from 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Preposition 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        4481 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) from, out of, by, by reason of, at, more than <BR> 1a) from, out of (of place) <BR> 1b) from, by, as a result of, by reason of, at, according to, (of source) <BR> 1c) from (of time) <BR> 1d) beyond, more than (in comparisons) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        min-
         from 
    
 
        
            תַּחְתּ֔וֹהִי 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
תַּחְתּ֔וֹהִי 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    taḥ·tō·w·hî
                
                
                     under it , 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Preposition | third person masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        8460 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) under 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        taḥ·tō·w·hî
         under it , 
    
 
        
            וְצִפְּרַיָּ֖א 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
וְצִפְּרַיָּ֖א 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    wə·ṣip·pə·ray·yā
                
                
                     and the birds 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Conjunctive waw | Noun - feminine plural determinate 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        6853 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) bird 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        wə·ṣip·pə·ray·yā
         and the birds 
    
 
        
            מִן־ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
מִן־ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    min-
                
                
                     from 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Preposition 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        4481 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) from, out of, by, by reason of, at, more than <BR> 1a) from, out of (of place) <BR> 1b) from, by, as a result of, by reason of, at, according to, (of source) <BR> 1c) from (of time) <BR> 1d) beyond, more than (in comparisons) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        min-
         from 
    
 
        
            עַנְפֽוֹהִי׃ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
עַנְפֽוֹהִי׃ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ‘an·p̄ō·w·hî
                
                
                     its branches . 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Noun - masculine plural construct | third person masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        6056 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) bough, branch 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ‘an·p̄ō·w·hî
         its branches . 
    
                              
                         
                                                                                                                                            
                        
                        
                                                            But leave the stump with its roots in the ground, with a band of iron and bronze around it, in the tender grass of the field. Let him be drenched with the dew of heaven and graze with the beasts on the grass of the earth.
                                                    
                        
                                                                                                                     
                             
                         
                     
                                            
                            
                            
                            
                                
        
            בְּרַ֨ם 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
בְּרַ֨ם 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    bə·ram
                
                
                     But 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Conjunction 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        1297 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) only, nevertheless, but 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        bə·ram
         But 
    
 
        
            שְׁבֻ֔קוּ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
שְׁבֻ֔קוּ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    šə·ḇu·qū
                
                
                     leave 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Verb - Qal - Imperative - masculine plural 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        7662 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to leave, let alone <BR> 1a) (P'al) to leave, let alone <BR> 1b) (Ithpael) to be left 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        šə·ḇu·qū
         leave 
    
 
        
            עִקַּ֤ר 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
עִקַּ֤ר 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ‘iq·qar
                
                
                     the stump 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Noun - masculine singular construct 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        6136 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) root, stock 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ‘iq·qar
         the stump 
    
 
        
            שָׁרְשׁ֙וֹהִי֙ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
שָׁרְשׁ֙וֹהִי֙ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    šā·rə·šō·w·hî
                
                
                     with its roots 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Noun - masculine plural construct | third person masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        8330 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) root 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        šā·rə·šō·w·hî
         with its roots 
    
 
        
            בְּאַרְעָ֣א 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
בְּאַרְעָ֣א 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    bə·’ar·‘ā
                
                
                     in the ground , 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Preposition-b | Noun - feminine singular determinate 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        772 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) earth, world, ground 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        bə·’ar·‘ā
         in the ground , 
    
 
        
            וּבֶֽאֱסוּר֙ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
וּבֶֽאֱסוּר֙ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ū·ḇe·’ĕ·sūr
                
                
                     and a band 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Conjunctive waw, Preposition-b | Noun - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        613 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) band, bond, imprisonment 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ū·ḇe·’ĕ·sūr
         and a band 
    
 
        
            דִּֽי־ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
דִּֽי־ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    dî-
                
                
                     of 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Pronoun - relative 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        1768 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        part of relation<BR> 1) who, which, that <BR> mark of genitive <BR> 2) that of, which belongs to, that<BR> conj <BR> 3) that, because 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        dî-
         of 
    
 
        
            פַרְזֶ֣ל 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
פַרְזֶ֣ל 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    p̄ar·zel
                
                
                     iron 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Noun - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        6523 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) iron 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        p̄ar·zel
         iron 
    
 
        
            וּנְחָ֔שׁ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
וּנְחָ֔שׁ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ū·nə·ḥāš
                
                
                     and bronze around it , 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Conjunctive waw | Noun - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        5174 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) copper, bronze 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ū·nə·ḥāš
         and bronze around it , 
    
 
        
            בְּדִתְאָ֖א 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
בְּדִתְאָ֖א 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    bə·ḏiṯ·’ā
                
                
                     in the tender grass 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Preposition-b | Noun - masculine singular determinate 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        1883 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) grass 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        bə·ḏiṯ·’ā
         in the tender grass 
    
 
        
            דִּ֣י 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
דִּ֣י 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    dî
                
                
                     of 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Pronoun - relative 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        1768 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        part of relation<BR> 1) who, which, that <BR> mark of genitive <BR> 2) that of, which belongs to, that<BR> conj <BR> 3) that, because 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        dî
         of 
    
 
        
            בָרָ֑א 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
בָרָ֑א 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ḇā·rā
                
                
                     the field . 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Noun - masculine singular determinate 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        1251 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) field 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ḇā·rā
         the field . 
    
 
        
            יִצְטַבַּ֔ע 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
יִצְטַבַּ֔ע 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    yiṣ·ṭab·ba‘
                
                
                     Let him be drenched 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Verb - Hitpael - Imperfect - third person masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        6647 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to dip, wet (something) <BR> 1a) (Pael) to wet <BR> 1b) (Ithpael) to be wet 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        yiṣ·ṭab·ba‘
         Let him be drenched 
    
 
        
            וּבְטַ֤ל 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
וּבְטַ֤ל 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ū·ḇə·ṭal
                
                
                     with the dew 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Conjunctive waw, Preposition-b | Noun - masculine singular construct 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        2920 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) dew 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ū·ḇə·ṭal
         with the dew 
    
 
        
            שְׁמַיָּא֙ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
שְׁמַיָּא֙ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    šə·may·yā
                
                
                     of heaven 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Noun - mdd 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        8065 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) heaven, heavens, sky <BR> 1a) visible sky <BR> 1b) Heaven (as abode of God) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        šə·may·yā
         of heaven 
    
 
        
            חֲלָקֵ֖הּ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
חֲלָקֵ֖הּ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ḥă·lā·qêh
                
                
                     and graze 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Noun - masculine singular construct | third person masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        2508 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) portion, possession, lot 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ḥă·lā·qêh
         and graze 
    
 
        
            וְעִם־ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
וְעִם־ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    wə·‘im-
                
                
                     with 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Conjunctive waw | Preposition 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        5974 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) with <BR> 1a) together with, with <BR> 1b) with, during 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        wə·‘im-
         with 
    
 
        
            חֵיוְתָ֥א 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
חֵיוְתָ֥א 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ḥê·wə·ṯā
                
                
                     the beasts 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Noun - feminine singular determinate 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        2423 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) beast, animal 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ḥê·wə·ṯā
         the beasts 
    
 
        
            בַּעֲשַׂ֥ב 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
בַּעֲשַׂ֥ב 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ba·‘ă·śaḇ
                
                
                     on the grass 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Preposition-b | Noun - masculine singular construct 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        6211 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) moth <BR> 2) herbage, grass 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ba·‘ă·śaḇ
         on the grass 
    
 
        
            אַרְעָֽא׃ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
אַרְעָֽא׃ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ’ar·‘ā
                
                
                     of the earth . 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Noun - feminine singular determinate 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        772 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) earth, world, ground 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ’ar·‘ā
         of the earth . 
    
                              
                         
                                                                                                                                            
                        
                        
                                                            Let his mind be changed from that of a man, and let him be given the mind of a beast till seven times pass him by.
                                                    
                        
                                                                                                                     
                             
                         
                     
                                            
                            
                            
                            
                                
        
            לִבְבֵהּ֙ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
לִבְבֵהּ֙ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    liḇ·ḇêh
                
                
                     Let his mind 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Noun - masculine singular construct | third person masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        3825 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) heart, mind 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        liḇ·ḇêh
         Let his mind 
    
 
        
            יְשַׁנּ֔וֹן 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
יְשַׁנּ֔וֹן 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    yə·šan·nō·wn
                
                
                     be changed 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Verb - Piel - Imperfect - third person masculine plural 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        8133 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to change, be altered, be changed <BR> 1a) (P'al) to change, be changed <BR> 1b) (Pael) to change, transform, frustrate <BR> 1b1) different (participle) <BR> 1c) (Ithpael) to be changed <BR> 1d) (Aphel) to change, alter 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        yə·šan·nō·wn
         be changed 
    
 
        
            מִן־ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
מִן־ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    min-
                
                
                     from 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Preposition 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        4481 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) from, out of, by, by reason of, at, more than <BR> 1a) from, out of (of place) <BR> 1b) from, by, as a result of, by reason of, at, according to, (of source) <BR> 1c) from (of time) <BR> 1d) beyond, more than (in comparisons) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        min-
         from 
    
 
        
            אֱנוֹשָׁא 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
אֱנוֹשָׁא 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ʾɛ̆·nō·šå̄
                
                
                     that of a man , 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Noun - masculine singular determinate 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        606 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) man, human being <BR> 2) mankind (collective) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ʾɛ̆·nō·šå̄
         that of a man , 
    
 
        
            יִתְיְהִ֣ב 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
יִתְיְהִ֣ב 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    yiṯ·yə·hiḇ
                
                
                     and let him be given 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Verb - Hitpael - Imperfect - third person masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        3052 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to give, provide <BR> 1a) (P'al) <BR> 1a1) to give <BR> 1a2) to place, lay (foundations) <BR> 1b) (Hithp'al) <BR> 1b1) to be given <BR> 1b2) to be paid 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        yiṯ·yə·hiḇ
         and let him be given 
    
 
        
            לֵ֑הּ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
לֵ֑הּ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    lêh
                
                
                     
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Preposition | third person masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                         
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                         
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        lêh
         
    
 
        
            וּלְבַ֥ב 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
וּלְבַ֥ב 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ū·lə·ḇaḇ
                
                
                     the mind 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Conjunctive waw | Noun - masculine singular construct 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        3825 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) heart, mind 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ū·lə·ḇaḇ
         the mind 
    
 
        
            חֵיוָ֖ה 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
חֵיוָ֖ה 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ḥê·wāh
                
                
                     of a beast 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Noun - feminine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        2423 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) beast, animal 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ḥê·wāh
         of a beast 
    
 
        
            וְשִׁבְעָ֥ה 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
וְשִׁבְעָ֥ה 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    wə·šiḇ·‘āh
                
                
                     till seven 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Conjunctive waw | Number - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        7655 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) seven 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        wə·šiḇ·‘āh
         till seven 
    
 
        
            עִדָּנִ֖ין 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
עִדָּנִ֖ין 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ‘id·dā·nîn
                
                
                     times 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Noun - masculine plural 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        5732 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) time <BR> 1a) time (of duration) <BR> 1b) year 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ‘id·dā·nîn
         times 
    
 
        
            יַחְלְפ֥וּן 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
יַחְלְפ֥וּן 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    yaḥ·lə·p̄ūn
                
                
                     pass him 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Verb - Qal - Imperfect - third person masculine plural 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        2499 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to pass by, pass over <BR> 1a) (Pe) to pass by, pass over 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        yaḥ·lə·p̄ūn
         pass him 
    
 
        
            עֲלֽוֹהִי׃ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
עֲלֽוֹהִי׃ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ‘ă·lō·w·hî
                
                
                     by . 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Preposition | third person masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        5922 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) upon, over, on account of, above, to, against<BR> 1a) upon, over, on account of, regarding, concerning, on behalf of <BR> 1b) over (with verbs of ruling) <BR> 1c) above, beyond (in comparison) <BR> 1d) to, against (of direction) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ‘ă·lō·w·hî
         by . 
    
                              
                         
                                                                                                                                            
                        
                        
                                                            This decision is the decree of the watchers, the verdict declared by the holy ones, so that the living will know that the Most High rules over the kingdom of mankind and gives it to whom He wishes, setting over it the lowliest of men.’
                                                    
                        
                                                                                                                     
                             
                         
                     
                                            
                            
                            
                            
                                
        
            פִּתְגָמָ֔א 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
פִּתְגָמָ֔א 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    piṯ·ḡā·mā
                
                
                     This decision 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Noun - masculine singular determinate 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        6600 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) command, work, affair, decree <BR> 1a) word, report <BR> 1b) decree 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        piṯ·ḡā·mā
         This decision 
    
 
        
            בִּגְזֵרַ֤ת 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
בִּגְזֵרַ֤ת 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    biḡ·zê·raṯ
                
                
                     is the decree 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Preposition-b | Noun - feminine singular construct 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        1510 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) decree 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        biḡ·zê·raṯ
         is the decree 
    
 
        
            עִירִין֙ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
עִירִין֙ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ‘î·rîn
                
                
                     of the watchers , 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Noun - masculine plural 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        5894 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) waking, watchful, wakeful one, watcher, angel 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ‘î·rîn
         of the watchers , 
    
 
        
            שְׁאֵֽלְתָ֑א 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
שְׁאֵֽלְתָ֑א 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    šə·’ê·lə·ṯā
                
                
                     the verdict 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Noun - feminine singular determinate 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        7595 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) affair, request 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        šə·’ê·lə·ṯā
         the verdict 
    
 
        
            וּמֵאמַ֥ר 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
וּמֵאמַ֥ר 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ū·mê·mar
                
                
                     declared 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Conjunctive waw | Noun - masculine singular construct 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        3983 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) word, command 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ū·mê·mar
         declared 
    
 
        
            קַדִּישִׁ֖ין 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
קַדִּישִׁ֖ין 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    qad·dî·šîn
                
                
                     by the holy ones , 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Adjective - masculine plural 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        6922 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) holy, separate <BR> 2) (TWOT) angels, saints 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        qad·dî·šîn
         by the holy ones , 
    
 
        
            עַד־ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
עַד־ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ‘aḏ-
                
                
                     so that 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Preposition 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        5705 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        prep<BR> 1) even to, until, up to, during <BR> conj <BR> 2) until, up to the time that, ere that 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ‘aḏ-
         so that 
    
 
        
            דִּבְרַ֡ת 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
דִּבְרַ֡ת 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    diḇ·raṯ
                
                
                     . . . 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Noun - feminine singular construct 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        1701 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) cause, reason 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        diḇ·raṯ
         . . . 
    
 
        
            דִּ֣י 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
דִּ֣י 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    dî
                
                
                     . . . 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Pronoun - relative 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        1768 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        part of relation<BR> 1) who, which, that <BR> mark of genitive <BR> 2) that of, which belongs to, that<BR> conj <BR> 3) that, because 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        dî
         . . . 
    
 
        
            חַ֠יַּיָּא 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
חַ֠יַּיָּא 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ḥay·yay·yā
                
                
                     the living 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Adjective - masculine plural determinate 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        2417 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) alive, living, life 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ḥay·yay·yā
         the living 
    
 
        
            יִנְדְּע֣וּן 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
יִנְדְּע֣וּן 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    yin·də·‘ūn
                
                
                     will know 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Verb - Qal - Imperfect - third person masculine plural 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        3046 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to know <BR> 1a) (P'al) to know <BR> 1b) (Aphel) to let someone know, communicate, inform, cause to know 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        yin·də·‘ūn
         will know 
    
 
        
            דִּֽי־ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
דִּֽי־ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    dî-
                
                
                     that 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Pronoun - relative 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        1768 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        part of relation<BR> 1) who, which, that <BR> mark of genitive <BR> 2) that of, which belongs to, that<BR> conj <BR> 3) that, because 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        dî-
         that 
    
 
        
            עִלָּיָא 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
עִלָּיָא 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ʿil·lå̄·yå̄
                
                
                     the Most High 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Adjective - masculine singular determinate 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        5943 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) highest, the Most High 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ʿil·lå̄·yå̄
         the Most High 
    
 
        
            שַׁלִּ֨יט 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
שַׁלִּ֨יט 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    šal·lîṭ
                
                
                     rules 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Adjective - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        7990 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) having mastery, having authority, ruling <BR> 1a) having or exercising mastery, ruling <BR> 1b) ruler (subst) <BR> 1c) having authority <BR> 1c1) it is authorised 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        šal·lîṭ
         rules 
    
 
        
            בְּמַלְכ֣וּת 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
בְּמַלְכ֣וּת 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    bə·mal·ḵūṯ
                
                
                     over the kingdom 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Preposition-b | Noun - feminine singular construct 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        4437 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) royalty, reign, kingdom <BR> 1a) royalty, kingship, kingly authority <BR> 1b) kingdom <BR> 1c) realm (of territory)<BR> 1d) reign (of time) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        bə·mal·ḵūṯ
         over the kingdom 
    
 
        
            אֱנוֹשָׁא 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
אֱנוֹשָׁא 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ʾɛ̆·nō·šå̄
                
                
                     of mankind 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Noun - masculine singular determinate 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        606 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) man, human being <BR> 2) mankind (collective) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ʾɛ̆·nō·šå̄
         of mankind 
    
 
        
            יִתְּנִנַּ֔הּ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
יִתְּנִנַּ֔הּ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    yit·tə·nin·nah
                
                
                     and gives it 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Verb - Qal - Imperfect - third person masculine singular | third person feminine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        5415 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to give <BR> 1a) (P'al) <BR> 1a1) to give <BR> 1a2) to give, allow <BR> 1a3) to give, pay 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        yit·tə·nin·nah
         and gives it 
    
 
        
            וּלְמַן־ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
וּלְמַן־ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ū·lə·man-
                
                
                     to whom 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Conjunctive waw, Preposition-l | Interrogative 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        4479 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) who?, what?, whoever, whosoever 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ū·lə·man-
         to whom 
    
 
        
            דִּ֤י 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
דִּ֤י 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    dî
                
                
                     . . . 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Pronoun - relative 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        1768 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        part of relation<BR> 1) who, which, that <BR> mark of genitive <BR> 2) that of, which belongs to, that<BR> conj <BR> 3) that, because 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        dî
         . . . 
    
 
        
            יִצְבֵּא֙ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
יִצְבֵּא֙ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    yiṣ·bê
                
                
                     He wishes , 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Verb - Qal - Imperfect - third person masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        6634 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to desire, be inclined, be willing, be pleased <BR> 1a) (P'al)<BR> 1a1) to desire <BR> 1a2) to be pleased <BR> 1a3) to will (without hindrance) (of God) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        yiṣ·bê
         He wishes , 
    
 
        
            יְקִ֥ים 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
יְקִ֥ים 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    yə·qîm
                
                
                     setting 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Verb - Hifil - Imperfect - third person masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        6966 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to arise, stand <BR> 1a) (P'al) <BR> 1a1) to arise from <BR> 1a2) to come on the scene (fig) <BR> 1a3) to arise (out of inaction) <BR> 1a4) to stand <BR> 1a5) to endure <BR> 1b) (Pael) to set up, establish <BR> 1c) (Aphel) <BR> 1c1) to set up <BR> 1c2) to lift up <BR> 1c3) to establish <BR> 1c4) to appoint <BR> 1d) (Hophal) to be made to stand 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        yə·qîm
         setting 
    
 
        
            עֲלַיַּהּ׃ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
עֲלַיַּהּ׃ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ʿă·lay·yah
                
                
                     over it 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Preposition | third person feminine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        5922 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) upon, over, on account of, above, to, against<BR> 1a) upon, over, on account of, regarding, concerning, on behalf of <BR> 1b) over (with verbs of ruling) <BR> 1c) above, beyond (in comparison) <BR> 1d) to, against (of direction) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ʿă·lay·yah
         over it 
    
 
        
            וּשְׁפַ֥ל 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
וּשְׁפַ֥ל 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ū·šə·p̄al
                
                
                     the lowliest 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Conjunctive waw | Adjective - masculine singular construct 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        8215 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) low, lowliest (of station) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ū·šə·p̄al
         the lowliest 
    
 
        
            אֲנָשִׁ֖ים 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
אֲנָשִׁ֖ים 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ’ă·nā·šîm
                
                
                     of men . ’ 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Noun - masculine plural 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        606 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) man, human being <BR> 2) mankind (collective) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ’ă·nā·šîm
         of men . ’ 
    
                              
                         
                                                                                                                                            
                        
                        
                                                            This is the dream that I, King Nebuchadnezzar, saw. Now, Belteshazzar, tell me the interpretation, because none of the wise men of my kingdom can interpret it for me. But you are able, because the spirit of the holy gods is in you.”
                                                    
                        
                                                                                                                     
                             
                         
                     
                                            
                            
                            
                            
                                
        
            כָּהֵ֔ל 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
כָּהֵ֔ל 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    kā·hêl
                
                
                     [are] able , 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Verb - Qal - Participle - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        3546 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to be able <BR> 1a) (P'al) to be able 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        kā·hêl
         [are] able , 
    
 
        
            דִּ֛י 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
דִּ֛י 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    dî
                
                
                     because 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Pronoun - relative 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        1768 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        part of relation<BR> 1) who, which, that <BR> mark of genitive <BR> 2) that of, which belongs to, that<BR> conj <BR> 3) that, because 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        dî
         because 
    
 
        
            רֽוּחַ־ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
רֽוּחַ־ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    rū·aḥ-
                
                
                     the spirit 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Noun - common singular construct 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        7308 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) spirit, wind <BR> 1a) wind <BR> 1b) spirit <BR> 1b1) of man <BR> 1b2) seat of the mind 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        rū·aḥ-
         the spirit 
    
 
        
            קַדִּישִׁ֖ין 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
קַדִּישִׁ֖ין 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    qad·dî·šîn
                
                
                     of the holy 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Adjective - masculine plural 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        6922 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) holy, separate <BR> 2) (TWOT) angels, saints 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        qad·dî·šîn
         of the holy 
    
 
        
            אֱלָהִ֥ין 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
אֱלָהִ֥ין 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ’ĕ·lā·hîn
                
                
                     gods 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Noun - masculine plural 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        426 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) god, God <BR> 1a) god, heathen deity <BR> 1b) God (of Israel) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ’ĕ·lā·hîn
         gods 
    
 
        
            בָּֽךְ׃ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
בָּֽךְ׃ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    bāḵ
                
                
                     [is] in you . ” 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Preposition | second person masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                         
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                         
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        bāḵ
         [is] in you . ” 
    
 
        
            דְּנָה֙ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
דְּנָה֙ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    də·nāh
                
                
                     This 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Pronoun - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        1836 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        demons pron<BR> 1) this, on account of this <BR> adv <BR> 2) therefore 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        də·nāh
         This 
    
 
        
            חֶלְמָ֣א 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
חֶלְמָ֣א 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ḥel·mā
                
                
                     is the dream 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Noun - masculine singular determinate 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        2493 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) dream 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ḥel·mā
         is the dream 
    
 
        
            אֲנָ֖ה 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
אֲנָ֖ה 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ’ă·nāh
                
                
                     that I , 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Pronoun - first person common singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        576 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) I (first pers. sing. -usually used for emphasis) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ’ă·nāh
         that I , 
    
 
        
            מַלְכָּ֣א 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
מַלְכָּ֣א 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    mal·kā
                
                
                     King 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Noun - masculine singular determinate 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        4430 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) king 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        mal·kā
         King 
    
 
        
            נְבוּכַדְנֶצַּ֑ר 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
נְבוּכַדְנֶצַּ֑ר 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    nə·ḇū·ḵaḏ·neṣ·ṣar
                
                
                     Nebuchadnezzar , 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Noun - proper - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        5020 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        Nebuchadnezzar = |may Nebo protect the crown|<BR> 1) the great king of Babylon who captured Jerusalem and carried Judah captive 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        nə·ḇū·ḵaḏ·neṣ·ṣar
         Nebuchadnezzar , 
    
 
        
            חֲזֵ֔ית 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
חֲזֵ֔ית 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ḥă·zêṯ
                
                
                     saw . 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Verb - Qal - Perfect - first person common singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        2370 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to see, behold <BR> 1a)(P'al)<BR> 1a1) to see <BR> 1a2) to see, behold, witness <BR> 1a3) to behold (in a dream or vision) <BR> 1a4) customary, seemly (passive) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ḥă·zêṯ
         saw . 
    
 
        
            וְאַנְתָּה 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
וְאַנְתָּה 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    wə·ʾan·tå̄h
                
                
                     Now , 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Conjunctive waw | Pronoun - second person masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        607 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) you, thou (second pers. sing.) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        wə·ʾan·tå̄h
         Now , 
    
 
        
            בֵּלְטְשַׁאצַּ֜ר 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
בֵּלְטְשַׁאצַּ֜ר 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    bê·lə·ṭə·šaṣ·ṣar
                
                
                     Belteshazzar , 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Noun - proper - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        1096 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        Belteshazzar = |lord of the straitened's treasure|<BR> 1) the 4th of the greater prophets, taken as hostage in the first deportation to Babylon; because of the gift of God of the interpretation of dreams, he became the 2nd in command of the Babylon empire and lasted through the end of the Babylonian empire and into the Persian empire. His prophecies are the key to the understanding of end time events. Noted for his purity and holiness by contemporary prophet, Ezekiel <BR> 1a) also, 'Daniel' ( H01840 or H01841) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        bê·lə·ṭə·šaṣ·ṣar
         Belteshazzar , 
    
 
        
            אֱמַ֗ר 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
אֱמַ֗ר 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ’ĕ·mar
                
                
                     tell me 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Verb - Qal - Imperative - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        560 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) (P'al) to say, to speak, to command, to tell, to relate 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ’ĕ·mar
         tell me 
    
 
        
            פִּשְׁרֵ֣א׀ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
פִּשְׁרֵ֣א׀ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    piš·rê
                
                
                     the interpretation , 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Noun - masculine singular construct | third person masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        6591 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) interpretation (of dream) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        piš·rê
         the interpretation , 
    
 
        
            קֳבֵל֙ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
קֳבֵל֙ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    qo·ḇêl
                
                
                     because 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Preposition 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        6903 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        subst<BR> 1) front <BR> prep <BR> 2) in front of, before, because of, in view of, by reason of, because of this, therefore <BR> conj <BR> 3) because that, inasmuch as, although, according as, before <BR> adv <BR> 4) accordingly, then 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        qo·ḇêl
         because 
    
 
        
            דִּ֣י׀ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
דִּ֣י׀ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    dî
                
                
                     . . . 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Pronoun - relative 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        1768 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        part of relation<BR> 1) who, which, that <BR> mark of genitive <BR> 2) that of, which belongs to, that<BR> conj <BR> 3) that, because 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        dî
         . . . 
    
 
        
            כָּל־ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
כָּל־ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    kāl-
                
                
                     
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Noun - masculine singular construct 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        3606 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) all, whole, the whole <BR> 1a) the whole of, all <BR> 1b) every, any, none 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        kāl-
         
    
 
        
            כָּל־ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
כָּל־ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    kāl-
                
                
                     
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Noun - masculine singular construct 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        3606 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) all, whole, the whole <BR> 1a) the whole of, all <BR> 1b) every, any, none 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        kāl-
         
    
 
        
            לָֽא־ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
לָֽא־ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    lā-
                
                
                     none 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Adverb - Negative particle 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        3809 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) no, not, nothing 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        lā-
         none 
    
 
        
            חַכִּימֵ֣י 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
חַכִּימֵ֣י 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ḥak·kî·mê
                
                
                     of the wise men 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Noun - masculine plural construct 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        2445 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) wise man, wise 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ḥak·kî·mê
         of the wise men 
    
 
        
            מַלְכוּתִ֗י 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
מַלְכוּתִ֗י 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    mal·ḵū·ṯî
                
                
                     of my kingdom 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Noun - feminine singular construct | first person common singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        4437 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) royalty, reign, kingdom <BR> 1a) royalty, kingship, kingly authority <BR> 1b) kingdom <BR> 1c) realm (of territory)<BR> 1d) reign (of time) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        mal·ḵū·ṯî
         of my kingdom 
    
 
        
            יָכְלִ֤ין 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
יָכְלִ֤ין 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    yā·ḵə·lîn
                
                
                     can 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Verb - Qal - Participle - masculine plural 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        3202 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to be able <BR> 1a) (P'al) <BR> 1a1) to be able <BR> 1a2) to prevail 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        yā·ḵə·lîn
         can 
    
 
        
            פִּשְׁרָא֙ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
פִּשְׁרָא֙ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    piš·rā
                
                
                     interpret it 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Noun - masculine singular determinate 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        6591 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) interpretation (of dream) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        piš·rā
         interpret it 
    
 
        
            לְהוֹדָ֣עֻתַ֔נִי 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
לְהוֹדָ֣עֻתַ֔נִי 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    lə·hō·w·ḏā·‘u·ṯa·nî
                
                
                     for me . 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Preposition-l | Verb - Hifil - Infinitive construct | first person common singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        3046 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to know <BR> 1a) (P'al) to know <BR> 1b) (Aphel) to let someone know, communicate, inform, cause to know 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        lə·hō·w·ḏā·‘u·ṯa·nî
         for me . 
    
 
        
            וְאַנְתָּה 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
וְאַנְתָּה 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    wə·ʾan·tå̄h
                
                
                     But you 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Conjunctive waw | Pronoun - second person masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        607 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) you, thou (second pers. sing.) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        wə·ʾan·tå̄h
         But you 
    
                              
                         
                                                                                                                                            
                        
                        
                                                            For a time, Daniel, who was also known as Belteshazzar, was perplexed, and his thoughts alarmed him. So the king said, “Belteshazzar, do not let the dream or its interpretation alarm you.” “My lord,” replied Belteshazzar, “may the dream apply to those who hate you, and its interpretation to your enemies!
                                                    
                        
                                                                                                                     
                             
                         
                     
                                            
                            
                            
                            
                                
        
            אֱדַ֨יִן 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
אֱדַ֨יִן 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ’ĕ·ḏa·yin
                
                
                     For 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Adverb 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        116 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) then, afterwards, thereupon, from that time 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ’ĕ·ḏa·yin
         For 
    
 
        
            חֲדָ֔ה 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
חֲדָ֔ה 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ḥă·ḏāh
                
                
                     a 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Number - feminine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        2298 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) one (number) <BR> 1a) one <BR> 1b) a (indefinite article) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ḥă·ḏāh
         a 
    
 
        
            כְּשָׁעָ֣ה 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
כְּשָׁעָ֣ה 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    kə·šā·‘āh
                
                
                     time , 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Preposition-k | Noun - feminine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        8160 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) brief time, moment 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        kə·šā·‘āh
         time , 
    
 
        
            דָּֽנִיֵּ֜אל 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
דָּֽנִיֵּ֜אל 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    dā·nî·yêl
                
                
                     Daniel , 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Noun - proper - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        1841 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        Daniel = |God is my judge|<BR> 1) the 4th of the greater prophets, taken as hostage in the first deportation to Babylon, because of the gift of God of the interpretation of dreams, he became the 2nd in command of the Babylon empire and lasted through the end of the Babylonian empire and into the Persian empire. His prophecies are the key to the understanding of end time events. Noted for his purity and holiness by contemporary prophet, Ezekiel <BR> 1a) also, 'Belteshazzar' ( H01095 or H01096) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        dā·nî·yêl
         Daniel , 
    
 
        
            דִּֽי־ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
דִּֽי־ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    dî-
                
                
                     who 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Pronoun - relative 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        1768 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        part of relation<BR> 1) who, which, that <BR> mark of genitive <BR> 2) that of, which belongs to, that<BR> conj <BR> 3) that, because 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        dî-
         who 
    
 
        
            שְׁמֵ֣הּ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
שְׁמֵ֣הּ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    šə·mêh
                
                
                     was also known as 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Noun - masculine singular construct | third person masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        8036 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) name 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        šə·mêh
         was also known as 
    
 
        
            בֵּלְטְשַׁאצַּ֗ר 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
בֵּלְטְשַׁאצַּ֗ר 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    bê·lə·ṭə·šaṣ·ṣar
                
                
                     Belteshazzar , 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Noun - proper - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        1096 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        Belteshazzar = |lord of the straitened's treasure|<BR> 1) the 4th of the greater prophets, taken as hostage in the first deportation to Babylon; because of the gift of God of the interpretation of dreams, he became the 2nd in command of the Babylon empire and lasted through the end of the Babylonian empire and into the Persian empire. His prophecies are the key to the understanding of end time events. Noted for his purity and holiness by contemporary prophet, Ezekiel <BR> 1a) also, 'Daniel' ( H01840 or H01841) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        bê·lə·ṭə·šaṣ·ṣar
         Belteshazzar , 
    
 
        
            אֶשְׁתּוֹמַם֙ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
אֶשְׁתּוֹמַם֙ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ’eš·tō·w·mam
                
                
                     was perplexed , 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Verb - Pual - Perfect - third person masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        8075 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) (Ithpolel) [CLBL] to be appalled, be stunned 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ’eš·tō·w·mam
         was perplexed , 
    
 
        
            וְרַעְיֹנֹ֖הִי 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
וְרַעְיֹנֹ֖הִי 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    wə·ra‘·yō·nō·hî
                
                
                     and his thoughts 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Conjunctive waw | Noun - masculine plural construct | third person masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        7476 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) thought 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        wə·ra‘·yō·nō·hî
         and his thoughts 
    
 
        
            יְבַהֲלֻנֵּ֑הּ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
יְבַהֲלֻנֵּ֑הּ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    yə·ḇa·hă·lun·nêh
                
                
                     alarmed him . 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Verb - Piel - Imperfect - third person masculine plural | third person masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        927 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) (Pual) to frighten, alarm, dismay <BR> 2) (Ithpa'al) to hurry, hasten <BR> 3) (Ithpa'al) alarmed (part.) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        yə·ḇa·hă·lun·nêh
         alarmed him . 
    
 
        
            מַלְכָּ֜א 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
מַלְכָּ֜א 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    mal·kā
                
                
                     So the king 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Noun - masculine singular determinate 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        4430 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) king 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        mal·kā
         So the king 
    
 
        
            וְאָמַ֗ר 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
וְאָמַ֗ר 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    wə·’ā·mar
                
                
                     . . . 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Conjunctive waw | Verb - Qal - Participle - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        560 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) (P'al) to say, to speak, to command, to tell, to relate 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        wə·’ā·mar
         . . . 
    
 
        
            עָנֵ֨ה 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
עָנֵ֨ה 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ‘ā·nêh
                
                
                     said , 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Verb - Qal - Participle - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        6032 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to answer, respond <BR> 1a) (P'al) <BR> 1a1) to answer, make reply <BR> 1a2) to respond 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ‘ā·nêh
         said , 
    
 
        
            בֵּלְטְשַׁאצַּר֙ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
בֵּלְטְשַׁאצַּר֙ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    bê·lə·ṭə·šaṣ·ṣar
                
                
                     “ Belteshazzar , 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Noun - proper - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        1096 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        Belteshazzar = |lord of the straitened's treasure|<BR> 1) the 4th of the greater prophets, taken as hostage in the first deportation to Babylon; because of the gift of God of the interpretation of dreams, he became the 2nd in command of the Babylon empire and lasted through the end of the Babylonian empire and into the Persian empire. His prophecies are the key to the understanding of end time events. Noted for his purity and holiness by contemporary prophet, Ezekiel <BR> 1a) also, 'Daniel' ( H01840 or H01841) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        bê·lə·ṭə·šaṣ·ṣar
         “ Belteshazzar , 
    
 
        
            אַֽל־ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
אַֽל־ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ’al-
                
                
                     do not 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Adverb - Negative particle 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        409 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) no, not 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ’al-
         do not 
    
 
        
            חֶלְמָ֤א 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
חֶלְמָ֤א 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ḥel·mā
                
                
                     let the dream 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Noun - masculine singular determinate 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        2493 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) dream 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ḥel·mā
         let the dream 
    
 
        
            וּפִשְׁרֵא֙ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
וּפִשְׁרֵא֙ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ū·p̄iš·rê
                
                
                     or its interpretation 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Conjunctive waw | Noun - masculine singular construct | third person masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        6591 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) interpretation (of dream) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ū·p̄iš·rê
         or its interpretation 
    
 
        
            יְבַהֲלָ֔ךְ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
יְבַהֲלָ֔ךְ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    yə·ḇa·hă·lāḵ
                
                
                     alarm you . ” 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Verb - Piel - Imperfect Jussive - third person masculine singular | second person masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        927 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) (Pual) to frighten, alarm, dismay <BR> 2) (Ithpa'al) to hurry, hasten <BR> 3) (Ithpa'al) alarmed (part.) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        yə·ḇa·hă·lāḵ
         alarm you . ” 
    
 
        
            מָרְאִי 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
מָרְאִי 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    må̄·rə·ʾī
                
                
                     “ My lord , ” 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Noun - masculine singular construct | first person common singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        4756 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) lord <BR> 1a) of king <BR> 1b) of God 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        må̄·rə·ʾī
         “ My lord , ” 
    
 
        
            וְאָמַ֔ר 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
וְאָמַ֔ר 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    wə·’ā·mar
                
                
                     . . . 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Conjunctive waw | Verb - Qal - Participle - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        560 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) (P'al) to say, to speak, to command, to tell, to relate 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        wə·’ā·mar
         . . . 
    
 
        
            עָנֵ֤ה 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
עָנֵ֤ה 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ‘ā·nêh
                
                
                     replied 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Verb - Qal - Participle - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        6032 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to answer, respond <BR> 1a) (P'al) <BR> 1a1) to answer, make reply <BR> 1a2) to respond 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ‘ā·nêh
         replied 
    
 
        
            בֵלְטְשַׁאצַּר֙ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
בֵלְטְשַׁאצַּר֙ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ḇê·lə·ṭə·šaṣ·ṣar
                
                
                     Belteshazzar , 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Noun - proper - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        1096 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        Belteshazzar = |lord of the straitened's treasure|<BR> 1) the 4th of the greater prophets, taken as hostage in the first deportation to Babylon; because of the gift of God of the interpretation of dreams, he became the 2nd in command of the Babylon empire and lasted through the end of the Babylonian empire and into the Persian empire. His prophecies are the key to the understanding of end time events. Noted for his purity and holiness by contemporary prophet, Ezekiel <BR> 1a) also, 'Daniel' ( H01840 or H01841) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ḇê·lə·ṭə·šaṣ·ṣar
         Belteshazzar , 
    
 
        
            חֶלְמָ֥א 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
חֶלְמָ֥א 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ḥel·mā
                
                
                     “ may the dream 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Noun - masculine singular determinate 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        2493 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) dream 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ḥel·mā
         “ may the dream 
    
 
        
            לְשָׂנְאַיִךְ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
לְשָׂנְאַיִךְ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    lə·śå̄·nə·ʾa·yiḵ
                
                
                     apply to those who hate you , 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Preposition-l | Verb - Qal - Participle - masculine singular construct | second person masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        8131 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) (P'al) to hate <BR> 1a) foe (participle) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        lə·śå̄·nə·ʾa·yiḵ
         apply to those who hate you , 
    
 
        
            וּפִשְׁרֵ֥הּ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
וּפִשְׁרֵ֥הּ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ū·p̄iš·rêh
                
                
                     and its interpretation 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Conjunctive waw | Noun - masculine singular construct | third person masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        6591 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) interpretation (of dream) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ū·p̄iš·rêh
         and its interpretation 
    
 
        
            לְעָרַיִךְ׃ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
לְעָרַיִךְ׃ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    lə·ʿå̄·ra·yiḵ
                
                
                     to your enemies ! 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Preposition-l | Noun - masculine plural construct | second person masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        6146 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) enemy, adversary, foe 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        lə·ʿå̄·ra·yiḵ
         to your enemies ! 
    
                              
                         
                                                                                                                                            
                        
                        
                                                            The tree you saw that grew large and strong, whose top reached the sky and was visible to all the earth,
                                                    
                        
                                                                                                                     
                             
                         
                     
                                            
                            
                            
                            
                                
        
            אִֽילָנָא֙ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
אִֽילָנָא֙ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ’î·lā·nā
                
                
                     The tree 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Noun - masculine singular determinate 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        363 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) tree 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ’î·lā·nā
         The tree 
    
 
        
            דִּ֣י 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
דִּ֣י 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    dî
                
                
                     
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Pronoun - relative 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        1768 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        part of relation<BR> 1) who, which, that <BR> mark of genitive <BR> 2) that of, which belongs to, that<BR> conj <BR> 3) that, because 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        dî
         
    
 
        
            חֲזַ֔יְתָ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
חֲזַ֔יְתָ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ḥă·zay·ṯā
                
                
                     you saw 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Verb - Qal - Perfect - second person masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        2370 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to see, behold <BR> 1a)(P'al)<BR> 1a1) to see <BR> 1a2) to see, behold, witness <BR> 1a3) to behold (in a dream or vision) <BR> 1a4) customary, seemly (passive) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ḥă·zay·ṯā
         you saw 
    
 
        
            דִּ֥י 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
דִּ֥י 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    dî
                
                
                     that 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Pronoun - relative 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        1768 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        part of relation<BR> 1) who, which, that <BR> mark of genitive <BR> 2) that of, which belongs to, that<BR> conj <BR> 3) that, because 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        dî
         that 
    
 
        
            רְבָ֖ה 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
רְבָ֖ה 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    rə·ḇāh
                
                
                     grew large 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Verb - Qal - Perfect - third person masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        7236 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to grow great <BR> 1a) (P'al) to grow long, grow tall and large, grow great, increase <BR> 1b) (Pael) to make great 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        rə·ḇāh
         grew large 
    
 
        
            וּתְקִ֑ף 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
וּתְקִ֑ף 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ū·ṯə·qip̄
                
                
                     and strong , 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Conjunctive waw | Verb - Qal - Conjunctive perfect - third person masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        8631 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to grow strong, be hardened <BR> 1a) (P'al) <BR> 1a1) to grow strong, be hardened <BR> 1a2) to grow arrogant (fig) <BR> 1b) (Pael) to make strong, make firm, make stringent 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ū·ṯə·qip̄
         and strong , 
    
 
        
            וְרוּמֵהּ֙ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
וְרוּמֵהּ֙ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    wə·rū·mêh
                
                
                     whose top 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Conjunctive waw | Noun - masculine singular construct | third person masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        7314 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) height 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        wə·rū·mêh
         whose top 
    
 
        
            יִמְטֵ֣א 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
יִמְטֵ֣א 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    yim·ṭê
                
                
                     reached 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Verb - Qal - Imperfect - third person masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        4291 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to reach, come upon, attain <BR> 1a) (P'al) <BR> 1a1) to reach, come to <BR> 1a2) to reach, extend <BR> 1a3) to come upon 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        yim·ṭê
         reached 
    
 
        
            לִשְׁמַיָּ֔א 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
לִשְׁמַיָּ֔א 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    liš·may·yā
                
                
                     the sky 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Preposition-l | Noun - mdd 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        8065 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) heaven, heavens, sky <BR> 1a) visible sky <BR> 1b) Heaven (as abode of God) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        liš·may·yā
         the sky 
    
 
        
            וַחֲזוֹתֵ֖הּ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
וַחֲזוֹתֵ֖הּ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    wa·ḥă·zō·w·ṯêh
                
                
                     and was visible 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Conjunctive waw | Noun - feminine singular construct | third person masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        2379 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) view, sight, visibility 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        wa·ḥă·zō·w·ṯêh
         and was visible 
    
 
        
            לְכָל־ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
לְכָל־ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    lə·ḵāl
                
                
                     to all 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Preposition-l | Noun - masculine singular construct 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        3606 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) all, whole, the whole <BR> 1a) the whole of, all <BR> 1b) every, any, none 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        lə·ḵāl
         to all 
    
 
        
            אַרְעָֽא׃ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
אַרְעָֽא׃ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ’ar·‘ā
                
                
                     the earth , 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Noun - feminine singular determinate 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        772 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) earth, world, ground 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ’ar·‘ā
         the earth , 
    
                              
                         
                                                                                                                                            
                        
                        
                                                            whose foliage was beautiful and whose fruit was abundant, providing food for all, under which the beasts of the field lived, and in whose branches the birds of the air nested—
                                                    
                        
                                                                                                                     
                             
                         
                     
                                            
                            
                            
                            
                                
        
            וְעָפְיֵ֤הּ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
וְעָפְיֵ֤הּ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    wə·‘ā·p̄ə·yêh
                
                
                     whose foliage 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Conjunctive waw | Noun - masculine singular construct | third person masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        6074 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) leafage, foliage 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        wə·‘ā·p̄ə·yêh
         whose foliage 
    
 
        
            שַׁפִּיר֙ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
שַׁפִּיר֙ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    šap·pîr
                
                
                     was beautiful 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Adjective - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        8209 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) fair, beautiful (of foliage) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        šap·pîr
         was beautiful 
    
 
        
            וְאִנְבֵּ֣הּ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
וְאִנְבֵּ֣הּ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    wə·’in·bêh
                
                
                     and whose fruit 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Conjunctive waw | Noun - masculine singular construct | third person masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        4 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) fruit, fresh, young, greening 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        wə·’in·bêh
         and whose fruit 
    
 
        
            שַׂגִּ֔יא 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
שַׂגִּ֔יא 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    śag·gî
                
                
                     [was] abundant , 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Adjective - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        7690 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        adj <BR> 1) great, much <BR> 1a) great <BR> 1b) much, many <BR> adv <BR> 2) exceedingly 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        śag·gî
         [was] abundant , 
    
 
        
            וּמָז֨וֹן 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
וּמָז֨וֹן 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ū·mā·zō·wn
                
                
                     providing food 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Conjunctive waw | Noun - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        4203 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) food, feed 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ū·mā·zō·wn
         providing food 
    
 
        
            לְכֹ֖לָּא־ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
לְכֹ֖לָּא־ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    lə·ḵōl·lā-
                
                
                     for all , 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Preposition-l | Noun - masculine singular determinate 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        3606 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) all, whole, the whole <BR> 1a) the whole of, all <BR> 1b) every, any, none 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        lə·ḵōl·lā-
         for all , 
    
 
        
            בֵ֑הּ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
בֵ֑הּ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ḇêh
                
                
                     
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Preposition | third person masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                         
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                         
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ḇêh
         
    
 
        
            תְּחֹת֗וֹהִי 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
תְּחֹת֗וֹהִי 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    tə·ḥō·ṯō·w·hî
                
                
                     under which 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Preposition | third person masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        8460 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) under 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        tə·ḥō·ṯō·w·hî
         under which 
    
 
        
            חֵיוַ֣ת 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
חֵיוַ֣ת 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ḥê·waṯ
                
                
                     the beasts 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Noun - feminine singular construct 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        2423 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) beast, animal 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ḥê·waṯ
         the beasts 
    
 
        
            בָּרָ֔א 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
בָּרָ֔א 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    bā·rā
                
                
                     of the field 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Noun - masculine singular determinate 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        1251 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) field 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        bā·rā
         of the field 
    
 
        
            תְּדוּר֙ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
תְּדוּר֙ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    tə·ḏūr
                
                
                     lived , 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Verb - Qal - Imperfect - third person feminine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        1753 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) (P'al) to dwell 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        tə·ḏūr
         lived , 
    
 
        
            וּבְעַנְפ֕וֹהִי 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
וּבְעַנְפ֕וֹהִי 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ū·ḇə·‘an·p̄ō·w·hî
                
                
                     and in whose branches 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Conjunctive waw, Preposition-b | Noun - masculine plural construct 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        6056 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) bough, branch 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ū·ḇə·‘an·p̄ō·w·hî
         and in whose branches 
    
 
        
            צִפֲּרֵ֥י 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
צִפֲּרֵ֥י 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ṣip·pă·rê
                
                
                     the birds 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Noun - feminine plural construct 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        6853 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) bird 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ṣip·pă·rê
         the birds 
    
 
        
            שְׁמַיָּֽא׃ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
שְׁמַיָּֽא׃ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    šə·may·yā
                
                
                     of the air 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Noun - mdd 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        8065 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) heaven, heavens, sky <BR> 1a) visible sky <BR> 1b) Heaven (as abode of God) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        šə·may·yā
         of the air 
    
 
        
            יִשְׁכְּנָ֖ן 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
יִשְׁכְּנָ֖ן 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    yiš·kə·nān
                
                
                     nested — 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Verb - Qal - Imperfect - third person feminine plural 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        7932 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to dwell, reside <BR> 1a) (P'al) to dwell <BR> 1b) (Pael) to cause to dwell 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        yiš·kə·nān
         nested — 
    
                              
                         
                                                                                                                                            
                        
                        
                                                            you, O king, are that tree! For you have become great and strong; your greatness has grown to reach the sky, and your dominion extends to the ends of the earth.
                                                    
                        
                                                                                                                     
                             
                         
                     
                                            
                            
                            
                            
                                
        
            אַנְתָּה 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
אַנְתָּה 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ʾan·tå̄h
                
                
                     you , 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Pronoun - second person masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        607 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) you, thou (second pers. sing.) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ʾan·tå̄h
         you , 
    
 
        
            מַלְכָּ֔א 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
מַלְכָּ֔א 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    mal·kā
                
                
                     O king , 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Noun - masculine singular determinate 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        4430 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) king 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        mal·kā
         O king , 
    
 
        
            ה֣וּא 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
ה֣וּא 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    hū
                
                
                     are [that tree] ! 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Pronoun - third person masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        1932 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) he, she, it <BR> 1a) (emphasising and resuming subject) <BR> 1b)(anticipating subj) <BR> 1c) as demons pron <BR> 1d) (relative) <BR> 1e) (affirming existence) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        hū
         are [that tree] ! 
    
 
        
            דִּ֥י 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
דִּ֥י 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    dî
                
                
                     . . . 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Pronoun - relative 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        1768 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        part of relation<BR> 1) who, which, that <BR> mark of genitive <BR> 2) that of, which belongs to, that<BR> conj <BR> 3) that, because 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        dî
         . . . 
    
 
        
            רְבַ֖ית 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
רְבַ֖ית 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    rə·ḇayṯ
                
                
                     For you have become great 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Verb - Qal - Perfect - second person masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        7236 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to grow great <BR> 1a) (P'al) to grow long, grow tall and large, grow great, increase <BR> 1b) (Pael) to make great 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        rə·ḇayṯ
         For you have become great 
    
 
        
            וּתְקֵ֑פְתְּ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
וּתְקֵ֑פְתְּ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ū·ṯə·qê·p̄ət
                
                
                     and strong ; 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Conjunctive waw | Verb - Qal - Conjunctive perfect - second person masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        8631 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to grow strong, be hardened <BR> 1a) (P'al) <BR> 1a1) to grow strong, be hardened <BR> 1a2) to grow arrogant (fig) <BR> 1b) (Pael) to make strong, make firm, make stringent 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ū·ṯə·qê·p̄ət
         and strong ; 
    
 
        
            וּרְבוּתָ֤ךְ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
וּרְבוּתָ֤ךְ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ū·rə·ḇū·ṯāḵ
                
                
                     your greatness 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Conjunctive waw | Noun - feminine singular construct | second person masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        7238 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) greatness 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ū·rə·ḇū·ṯāḵ
         your greatness 
    
 
        
            רְבָת֙ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
רְבָת֙ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    rə·ḇāṯ
                
                
                     has grown 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Verb - Qal - Perfect - third person feminine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        7236 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to grow great <BR> 1a) (P'al) to grow long, grow tall and large, grow great, increase <BR> 1b) (Pael) to make great 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        rə·ḇāṯ
         has grown 
    
 
        
            וּמְטָ֣ת 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
וּמְטָ֣ת 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ū·mə·ṭāṯ
                
                
                     to reach 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Conjunctive waw | Verb - Qal - Conjunctive perfect - third person feminine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        4291 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to reach, come upon, attain <BR> 1a) (P'al) <BR> 1a1) to reach, come to <BR> 1a2) to reach, extend <BR> 1a3) to come upon 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ū·mə·ṭāṯ
         to reach 
    
 
        
            לִשְׁמַיָּ֔א 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
לִשְׁמַיָּ֔א 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    liš·may·yā
                
                
                     the sky , 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Preposition-l | Noun - mdd 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        8065 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) heaven, heavens, sky <BR> 1a) visible sky <BR> 1b) Heaven (as abode of God) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        liš·may·yā
         the sky , 
    
 
        
            וְשָׁלְטָנָ֖ךְ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
וְשָׁלְטָנָ֖ךְ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    wə·šā·lə·ṭā·nāḵ
                
                
                     and your dominion 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Conjunctive waw | Noun - masculine singular construct | second person masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        7985 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) dominion, sovereignty <BR> 1a) dominion, sovereignty <BR> 1b) realm 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        wə·šā·lə·ṭā·nāḵ
         and your dominion 
    
 
        
            לְס֥וֹף 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
לְס֥וֹף 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    lə·sō·wp̄
                
                
                     extends to the ends 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Preposition-l | Noun - masculine singular construct 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        5491 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) end, conclusion 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        lə·sō·wp̄
         extends to the ends 
    
 
        
            אַרְעָֽא׃ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
אַרְעָֽא׃ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ’ar·‘ā
                
                
                     of the earth . 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Noun - feminine singular determinate 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        772 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) earth, world, ground 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ’ar·‘ā
         of the earth . 
    
                              
                         
                                                                                                                                            
                        
                        
                                                            And you, O king, saw a watcher, a holy one, coming down from heaven and saying: ‘Cut down the tree and destroy it, but leave the stump with its roots in the ground, with a band of iron and bronze around it, in the tender grass of the field. Let him be drenched with the dew of heaven, and graze with the beasts of the field till seven times pass him by.’
                                                    
                        
                                                                                                                     
                             
                         
                     
                                            
                            
                            
                            
                                
        
            וְדִ֣י 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
וְדִ֣י 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    wə·ḏî
                
                
                     And 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Conjunctive waw | Pronoun - relative 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        1768 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        part of relation<BR> 1) who, which, that <BR> mark of genitive <BR> 2) that of, which belongs to, that<BR> conj <BR> 3) that, because 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        wə·ḏî
         And 
    
 
        
            מַלְכָּ֡א 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
מַלְכָּ֡א 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    mal·kā
                
                
                     you, O king , 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Noun - masculine singular determinate 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        4430 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) king 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        mal·kā
         you, O king , 
    
 
        
            חֲזָ֣ה 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
חֲזָ֣ה 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ḥă·zāh
                
                
                     saw 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Verb - Qal - Perfect - third person masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        2370 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to see, behold <BR> 1a)(P'al)<BR> 1a1) to see <BR> 1a2) to see, behold, witness <BR> 1a3) to behold (in a dream or vision) <BR> 1a4) customary, seemly (passive) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ḥă·zāh
         saw 
    
 
        
            עִ֣יר 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
עִ֣יר 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ‘îr
                
                
                     a watcher , 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Noun - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        5894 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) waking, watchful, wakeful one, watcher, angel 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ‘îr
         a watcher , 
    
 
        
            וְקַדִּ֣ישׁ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
וְקַדִּ֣ישׁ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    wə·qad·dîš
                
                
                     a holy one , 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Conjunctive waw | Adjective - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        6922 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) holy, separate <BR> 2) (TWOT) angels, saints 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        wə·qad·dîš
         a holy one , 
    
 
        
            נָחִ֣ת׀ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
נָחִ֣ת׀ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    nā·ḥiṯ
                
                
                     coming down 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Verb - Qal - Participle - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        5182 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to descend <BR> 1a) (P'al) to descend <BR> 1b) (Aphel) to deposit <BR> 1c) (Hophal) to be deposed, be cast down 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        nā·ḥiṯ
         coming down 
    
 
        
            מִן־ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
מִן־ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    min-
                
                
                     from 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Preposition 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        4481 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) from, out of, by, by reason of, at, more than <BR> 1a) from, out of (of place) <BR> 1b) from, by, as a result of, by reason of, at, according to, (of source) <BR> 1c) from (of time) <BR> 1d) beyond, more than (in comparisons) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        min-
         from 
    
 
        
            שְׁמַיָּ֡א 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
שְׁמַיָּ֡א 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    šə·may·yā
                
                
                     heaven 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Noun - mdd 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        8065 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) heaven, heavens, sky <BR> 1a) visible sky <BR> 1b) Heaven (as abode of God) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        šə·may·yā
         heaven 
    
 
        
            וְאָמַר֩ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
וְאָמַר֩ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    wə·’ā·mar
                
                
                     and saying : 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Conjunctive waw | Verb - Qal - Participle - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        560 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) (P'al) to say, to speak, to command, to tell, to relate 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        wə·’ā·mar
         and saying : 
    
 
        
            גֹּ֨דּוּ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
גֹּ֨דּוּ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    gōd·dū
                
                
                     ‘ Cut down 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Verb - Qal - Imperative - masculine plural 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        1414 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to cut down, hew down 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        gōd·dū
         ‘ Cut down 
    
 
        
            אִֽילָנָ֜א 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
אִֽילָנָ֜א 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ’î·lā·nā
                
                
                     the tree 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Noun - masculine singular determinate 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        363 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) tree 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ’î·lā·nā
         the tree 
    
 
        
            וְחַבְּל֗וּהִי 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
וְחַבְּל֗וּהִי 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    wə·ḥab·bə·lū·hî
                
                
                     and destroy it , 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Conjunctive waw | Verb - Piel - Imperative - masculine plural | third person masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        2255 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to hurt, destroy <BR> 1a) (Pael) to hurt, destroy <BR> 1b) (Ithpael) to be destroyed 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        wə·ḥab·bə·lū·hî
         and destroy it , 
    
 
        
            בְּרַ֨ם 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
בְּרַ֨ם 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    bə·ram
                
                
                     but 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Conjunction 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        1297 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) only, nevertheless, but 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        bə·ram
         but 
    
 
        
            שְׁבֻ֔קוּ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
שְׁבֻ֔קוּ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    šə·ḇu·qū
                
                
                     leave 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Verb - Qal - Imperative - masculine plural 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        7662 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to leave, let alone <BR> 1a) (P'al) to leave, let alone <BR> 1b) (Ithpael) to be left 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        šə·ḇu·qū
         leave 
    
 
        
            עִקַּ֤ר 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
עִקַּ֤ר 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ‘iq·qar
                
                
                     the stump 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Noun - masculine singular construct 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        6136 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) root, stock 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ‘iq·qar
         the stump 
    
 
        
            שָׁרְשׁ֙וֹהִי֙ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
שָׁרְשׁ֙וֹהִי֙ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    šā·rə·šō·w·hî
                
                
                     with its roots 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Noun - masculine plural construct | third person masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        8330 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) root 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        šā·rə·šō·w·hî
         with its roots 
    
 
        
            בְּאַרְעָ֣א 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
בְּאַרְעָ֣א 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    bə·’ar·‘ā
                
                
                     in the ground , 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Preposition-b | Noun - feminine singular determinate 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        772 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) earth, world, ground 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        bə·’ar·‘ā
         in the ground , 
    
 
        
            וּבֶאֱסוּר֙ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
וּבֶאֱסוּר֙ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ū·ḇe·’ĕ·sūr
                
                
                     and a band 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Conjunctive waw, Preposition-b | Noun - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        613 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) band, bond, imprisonment 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ū·ḇe·’ĕ·sūr
         and a band 
    
 
        
            דִּֽי־ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
דִּֽי־ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    dî-
                
                
                     of 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Pronoun - relative 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        1768 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        part of relation<BR> 1) who, which, that <BR> mark of genitive <BR> 2) that of, which belongs to, that<BR> conj <BR> 3) that, because 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        dî-
         of 
    
 
        
            פַרְזֶ֣ל 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
פַרְזֶ֣ל 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    p̄ar·zel
                
                
                     iron 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Noun - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        6523 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) iron 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        p̄ar·zel
         iron 
    
 
        
            וּנְחָ֔שׁ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
וּנְחָ֔שׁ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ū·nə·ḥāš
                
                
                     and bronze [around it] , 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Conjunctive waw | Noun - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        5174 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) copper, bronze 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ū·nə·ḥāš
         and bronze [around it] , 
    
 
        
            בְּדִתְאָ֖א 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
בְּדִתְאָ֖א 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    bə·ḏiṯ·’ā
                
                
                     in the tender grass 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Preposition-b | Noun - masculine singular determinate 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        1883 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) grass 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        bə·ḏiṯ·’ā
         in the tender grass 
    
 
        
            דִּ֣י 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
דִּ֣י 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    dî
                
                
                     of 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Pronoun - relative 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        1768 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        part of relation<BR> 1) who, which, that <BR> mark of genitive <BR> 2) that of, which belongs to, that<BR> conj <BR> 3) that, because 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        dî
         of 
    
 
        
            בָרָ֑א 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
בָרָ֑א 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ḇā·rā
                
                
                     the field . 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Noun - masculine singular determinate 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        1251 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) field 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ḇā·rā
         the field . 
    
 
        
            יִצְטַבַּ֗ע 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
יִצְטַבַּ֗ע 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    yiṣ·ṭab·ba‘
                
                
                     Let him be drenched 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Verb - Hitpael - Imperfect - third person masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        6647 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to dip, wet (something) <BR> 1a) (Pael) to wet <BR> 1b) (Ithpael) to be wet 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        yiṣ·ṭab·ba‘
         Let him be drenched 
    
 
        
            וּבְטַ֧ל 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
וּבְטַ֧ל 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ū·ḇə·ṭal
                
                
                     with the dew 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Conjunctive waw, Preposition-b | Noun - masculine singular construct 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        2920 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) dew 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ū·ḇə·ṭal
         with the dew 
    
 
        
            שְׁמַיָּ֣א 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
שְׁמַיָּ֣א 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    šə·may·yā
                
                
                     of heaven , 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Noun - mdd 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        8065 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) heaven, heavens, sky <BR> 1a) visible sky <BR> 1b) Heaven (as abode of God) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        šə·may·yā
         of heaven , 
    
 
        
            חֲלָקֵ֔הּ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
חֲלָקֵ֔הּ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ḥă·lā·qêh
                
                
                     and graze 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Noun - masculine singular construct | third person masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        2508 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) portion, possession, lot 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ḥă·lā·qêh
         and graze 
    
 
        
            וְעִם־ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
וְעִם־ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    wə·‘im-
                
                
                     with 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Conjunctive waw | Preposition 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        5974 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) with <BR> 1a) together with, with <BR> 1b) with, during 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        wə·‘im-
         with 
    
 
        
            חֵיוַ֤ת 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
חֵיוַ֤ת 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ḥê·waṯ
                
                
                     the beasts 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Noun - feminine singular construct 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        2423 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) beast, animal 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ḥê·waṯ
         the beasts 
    
 
        
            בָּרָא֙ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
בָּרָא֙ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    bā·rā
                
                
                     of the field 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Noun - masculine singular determinate 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        1251 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) field 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        bā·rā
         of the field 
    
 
        
            עַ֛ד 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
עַ֛ד 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ‘aḏ
                
                
                     till 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Preposition 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        5705 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        prep<BR> 1) even to, until, up to, during <BR> conj <BR> 2) until, up to the time that, ere that 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ‘aḏ
         till 
    
 
        
            דִּֽי־ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
דִּֽי־ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    dî-
                
                
                     . . . 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Pronoun - relative 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        1768 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        part of relation<BR> 1) who, which, that <BR> mark of genitive <BR> 2) that of, which belongs to, that<BR> conj <BR> 3) that, because 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        dî-
         . . . 
    
 
        
            שִׁבְעָ֥ה 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
שִׁבְעָ֥ה 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    šiḇ·‘āh
                
                
                     seven 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Number - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        7655 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) seven 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        šiḇ·‘āh
         seven 
    
 
        
            עִדָּנִ֖ין 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
עִדָּנִ֖ין 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ‘id·dā·nîn
                
                
                     times 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Noun - masculine plural 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        5732 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) time <BR> 1a) time (of duration) <BR> 1b) year 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ‘id·dā·nîn
         times 
    
 
        
            יַחְלְפ֥וּן 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
יַחְלְפ֥וּן 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    yaḥ·lə·p̄ūn
                
                
                     pass him 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Verb - Qal - Imperfect - third person masculine plural 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        2499 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to pass by, pass over <BR> 1a) (Pe) to pass by, pass over 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        yaḥ·lə·p̄ūn
         pass him 
    
 
        
            עֲלֽוֹהִי׃ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
עֲלֽוֹהִי׃ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ‘ă·lō·w·hî
                
                
                     by . ’ 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Preposition | third person masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        5922 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) upon, over, on account of, above, to, against<BR> 1a) upon, over, on account of, regarding, concerning, on behalf of <BR> 1b) over (with verbs of ruling) <BR> 1c) above, beyond (in comparison) <BR> 1d) to, against (of direction) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ‘ă·lō·w·hî
         by . ’ 
    
                              
                         
                                                                                                                                            
                        
                        
                                                            This is the interpretation, O king, and this is the decree that the Most High has issued against my lord the king:
                                                    
                        
                                                                                                                     
                             
                         
                     
                                            
                            
                            
                            
                                
        
            דְּנָ֥ה 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
דְּנָ֥ה 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    də·nāh
                
                
                     This 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Pronoun - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        1836 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        demons pron<BR> 1) this, on account of this <BR> adv <BR> 2) therefore 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        də·nāh
         This 
    
 
        
            פִשְׁרָ֖א 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
פִשְׁרָ֖א 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    p̄iš·rā
                
                
                     is the interpretation , 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Noun - masculine singular determinate 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        6591 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) interpretation (of dream) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        p̄iš·rā
         is the interpretation , 
    
 
        
            מַלְכָּ֑א 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
מַלְכָּ֑א 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    mal·kā
                
                
                     O king , 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Noun - masculine singular determinate 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        4430 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) king 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        mal·kā
         O king , 
    
 
        
            וּגְזֵרַ֤ת 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
וּגְזֵרַ֤ת 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ū·ḡə·zê·raṯ
                
                
                     and this is the decree 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Conjunctive waw | Noun - feminine singular construct 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        1510 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) decree 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ū·ḡə·zê·raṯ
         and this is the decree 
    
 
        
            עִלָּיָא 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
עִלָּיָא 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ʿil·lå̄·yå̄
                
                
                     that the Most High 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Adjective - masculine singular determinate 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        5943 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) highest, the Most High 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ʿil·lå̄·yå̄
         that the Most High 
    
 
        
            הִ֔יא 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
הִ֔יא 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    hî
                
                
                     . . . 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Pronoun - third person feminine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        1932 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) he, she, it <BR> 1a) (emphasising and resuming subject) <BR> 1b)(anticipating subj) <BR> 1c) as demons pron <BR> 1d) (relative) <BR> 1e) (affirming existence) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        hî
         . . . 
    
 
        
            דִּ֥י 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
דִּ֥י 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    dî
                
                
                     - 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Pronoun - relative 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        1768 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        part of relation<BR> 1) who, which, that <BR> mark of genitive <BR> 2) that of, which belongs to, that<BR> conj <BR> 3) that, because 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        dî
         - 
    
 
        
            מְטָ֖ת 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
מְטָ֖ת 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    mə·ṭāṯ
                
                
                     has issued 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Verb - Qal - Perfect - third person feminine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        4291 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to reach, come upon, attain <BR> 1a) (P'al) <BR> 1a1) to reach, come to <BR> 1a2) to reach, extend <BR> 1a3) to come upon 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        mə·ṭāṯ
         has issued 
    
 
        
            עַל־ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
עַל־ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ‘al-
                
                
                     against 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Preposition 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        5922 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) upon, over, on account of, above, to, against<BR> 1a) upon, over, on account of, regarding, concerning, on behalf of <BR> 1b) over (with verbs of ruling) <BR> 1c) above, beyond (in comparison) <BR> 1d) to, against (of direction) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ‘al-
         against 
    
 
        
            מַרְאִי 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
מַרְאִי 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    mar·ʾī
                
                
                     my lord 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Noun - masculine singular construct | first person common singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        4756 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) lord <BR> 1a) of king <BR> 1b) of God 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        mar·ʾī
         my lord 
    
 
        
            מַלְכָּֽא׃ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
מַלְכָּֽא׃ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    mal·kā
                
                
                     the king : 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Noun - masculine singular determinate 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        4430 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) king 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        mal·kā
         the king : 
    
                              
                         
                                                                                                                                            
                        
                        
                                                            You will be driven away from mankind, and your dwelling will be with the beasts of the field. You will feed on grass like an ox and be drenched with the dew of heaven, and seven times shall pass you by, until you acknowledge that the Most High rules over the kingdom of mankind and gives it to whom He wishes.
                                                    
                        
                                                                                                                     
                             
                         
                     
                                            
                            
                            
                            
                                
        
            וְלָ֣ךְ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
וְלָ֣ךְ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    wə·lāḵ
                
                
                     
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Conjunctive waw | Preposition | second person masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                         
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                         
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        wə·lāḵ
         
    
 
        
            טָֽרְדִ֣ין 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
טָֽרְדִ֣ין 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ṭā·rə·ḏîn
                
                
                     You will be driven away 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Verb - Qal - Participle - masculine plural 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        2957 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) (P'al) to drive away, drive from, chase away 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ṭā·rə·ḏîn
         You will be driven away 
    
 
        
            מִן־ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
מִן־ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    min-
                
                
                     from 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Preposition 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        4481 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) from, out of, by, by reason of, at, more than <BR> 1a) from, out of (of place) <BR> 1b) from, by, as a result of, by reason of, at, according to, (of source) <BR> 1c) from (of time) <BR> 1d) beyond, more than (in comparisons) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        min-
         from 
    
 
        
            אֲנָשָׁ֡א 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
אֲנָשָׁ֡א 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ’ă·nā·šā
                
                
                     mankind , 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Noun - masculine singular determinate 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        606 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) man, human being <BR> 2) mankind (collective) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ’ă·nā·šā
         mankind , 
    
 
        
            מְדֹרָ֜ךְ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
מְדֹרָ֜ךְ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    mə·ḏō·rāḵ
                
                
                     and your dwelling 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Noun - masculine singular construct | second person masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        4070 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) dwelling place 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        mə·ḏō·rāḵ
         and your dwelling 
    
 
        
            לֶהֱוֵ֨ה 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
לֶהֱוֵ֨ה 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    le·hĕ·wêh
                
                
                     will be 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Verb - Qal - Imperfect - third person masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        1934 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to come to pass, become, be <BR> 1a) (P'al) <BR> 1a1) to come to pass<BR> 1a2) to come into being, arise, become, come to be <BR> 1a2a) to let become known (with participle of knowing) <BR> 1a3) to be 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        le·hĕ·wêh
         will be 
    
 
        
            וְעִם־ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
וְעִם־ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    wə·‘im-
                
                
                     with 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Conjunctive waw | Preposition 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        5974 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) with <BR> 1a) together with, with <BR> 1b) with, during 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        wə·‘im-
         with 
    
 
        
            חֵיוַ֣ת 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
חֵיוַ֣ת 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ḥê·waṯ
                
                
                     the beasts 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Noun - feminine singular construct 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        2423 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) beast, animal 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ḥê·waṯ
         the beasts 
    
 
        
            בָּרָא֩ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
בָּרָא֩ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    bā·rā
                
                
                     of the field . 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Noun - masculine singular determinate 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        1251 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) field 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        bā·rā
         of the field . 
    
 
        
            יְטַֽעֲמ֗וּן 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
יְטַֽעֲמ֗וּן 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    yə·ṭa·‘ă·mūn
                
                
                     You will feed on 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Verb - Piel - Imperfect - third person masculine plural 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        2939 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) (P'al) to feed, cause to eat 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        yə·ṭa·‘ă·mūn
         You will feed on 
    
 
        
            וְעִשְׂבָּ֥א 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
וְעִשְׂבָּ֥א 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    wə·‘iś·bā
                
                
                     grass 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Conjunctive waw | Noun - masculine singular determinate 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        6211 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) moth <BR> 2) herbage, grass 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        wə·‘iś·bā
         grass 
    
 
        
            כְתוֹרִ֣ין׀ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
כְתוֹרִ֣ין׀ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ḵə·ṯō·w·rîn
                
                
                     like an ox 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Preposition-k | Noun - masculine plural 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        8450 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) bull, young bull, ox (for sacrifice) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ḵə·ṯō·w·rîn
         like an ox 
    
 
        
            לָ֣ךְ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
לָ֣ךְ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    lāḵ
                
                
                     
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Preposition | second person masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                         
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                         
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        lāḵ
         
    
 
        
            לָ֣ךְ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
לָ֣ךְ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    lāḵ
                
                
                     
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Preposition | second person masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                         
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                         
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        lāḵ
         
    
 
        
            מְצַבְּעִ֔ין 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
מְצַבְּעִ֔ין 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    mə·ṣab·bə·‘în
                
                
                     and be drenched 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Verb - Piel - Participle - masculine plural 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        6647 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to dip, wet (something) <BR> 1a) (Pael) to wet <BR> 1b) (Ithpael) to be wet 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        mə·ṣab·bə·‘în
         and be drenched 
    
 
        
            וּמִטַּ֤ל 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
וּמִטַּ֤ל 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ū·miṭ·ṭal
                
                
                     with the dew 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Conjunctive waw | Preposition 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        2920 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) dew 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ū·miṭ·ṭal
         with the dew 
    
 
        
            שְׁמַיָּא֙ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
שְׁמַיָּא֙ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    šə·may·yā
                
                
                     of heaven , 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Noun - mdd 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        8065 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) heaven, heavens, sky <BR> 1a) visible sky <BR> 1b) Heaven (as abode of God) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        šə·may·yā
         of heaven , 
    
 
        
            וְשִׁבְעָ֥ה 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
וְשִׁבְעָ֥ה 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    wə·šiḇ·‘āh
                
                
                     and seven 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Conjunctive waw | Number - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        7655 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) seven 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        wə·šiḇ·‘āh
         and seven 
    
 
        
            עִדָּנִ֖ין 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
עִדָּנִ֖ין 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ‘id·dā·nîn
                
                
                     times 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Noun - masculine plural 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        5732 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) time <BR> 1a) time (of duration) <BR> 1b) year 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ‘id·dā·nîn
         times 
    
 
        
            יַחְלְפ֣וּן 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
יַחְלְפ֣וּן 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    yaḥ·lə·p̄ūn
                
                
                     shall pass 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Verb - Qal - Imperfect - third person masculine plural 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        2499 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to pass by, pass over <BR> 1a) (Pe) to pass by, pass over 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        yaḥ·lə·p̄ūn
         shall pass 
    
 
        
            עֲלָ֑יךְ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
עֲלָ֑יךְ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ʿă·lå̄yḵ
                
                
                     you by , 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Preposition | second person masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        5922 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) upon, over, on account of, above, to, against<BR> 1a) upon, over, on account of, regarding, concerning, on behalf of <BR> 1b) over (with verbs of ruling) <BR> 1c) above, beyond (in comparison) <BR> 1d) to, against (of direction) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ʿă·lå̄yḵ
         you by , 
    
 
        
            עַ֣ד 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
עַ֣ד 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ‘aḏ
                
                
                     until 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Preposition 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        5705 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        prep<BR> 1) even to, until, up to, during <BR> conj <BR> 2) until, up to the time that, ere that 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ‘aḏ
         until 
    
 
        
            דִּֽי־ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
דִּֽי־ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    dî-
                
                
                     . . . 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Pronoun - relative 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        1768 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        part of relation<BR> 1) who, which, that <BR> mark of genitive <BR> 2) that of, which belongs to, that<BR> conj <BR> 3) that, because 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        dî-
         . . . 
    
 
        
            תִנְדַּ֗ע 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
תִנְדַּ֗ע 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ṯin·da‘
                
                
                     you acknowledge 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Verb - Qal - Imperfect - second person masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        3046 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to know <BR> 1a) (P'al) to know <BR> 1b) (Aphel) to let someone know, communicate, inform, cause to know 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ṯin·da‘
         you acknowledge 
    
 
        
            דִּֽי־ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
דִּֽי־ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    dî-
                
                
                     that 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Pronoun - relative 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        1768 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        part of relation<BR> 1) who, which, that <BR> mark of genitive <BR> 2) that of, which belongs to, that<BR> conj <BR> 3) that, because 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        dî-
         that 
    
 
        
            עִלָּיאָ֙ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
עִלָּיאָ֙ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ʿil·lå̄y·ʾå̄
                
                
                     the Most High 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Adjective - masculine singular determinate 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        5943 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) highest, the Most High 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ʿil·lå̄y·ʾå̄
         the Most High 
    
 
        
            שַׁלִּ֤יט 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
שַׁלִּ֤יט 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    šal·lîṭ
                
                
                     rules 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Adjective - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        7990 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) having mastery, having authority, ruling <BR> 1a) having or exercising mastery, ruling <BR> 1b) ruler (subst) <BR> 1c) having authority <BR> 1c1) it is authorised 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        šal·lîṭ
         rules 
    
 
        
            בְּמַלְכ֣וּת 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
בְּמַלְכ֣וּת 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    bə·mal·ḵūṯ
                
                
                     over the kingdom 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Preposition-b | Noun - feminine singular construct 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        4437 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) royalty, reign, kingdom <BR> 1a) royalty, kingship, kingly authority <BR> 1b) kingdom <BR> 1c) realm (of territory)<BR> 1d) reign (of time) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        bə·mal·ḵūṯ
         over the kingdom 
    
 
        
            אֲנָשָׁ֔א 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
אֲנָשָׁ֔א 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ’ă·nā·šā
                
                
                     of mankind 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Noun - masculine singular determinate 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        606 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) man, human being <BR> 2) mankind (collective) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ’ă·nā·šā
         of mankind 
    
 
        
            יִתְּנִנַּֽהּ׃ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
יִתְּנִנַּֽהּ׃ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    yit·tə·nin·nah
                
                
                     and gives it 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Verb - Qal - Imperfect - third person masculine singular | third person feminine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        5415 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to give <BR> 1a) (P'al) <BR> 1a1) to give <BR> 1a2) to give, allow <BR> 1a3) to give, pay 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        yit·tə·nin·nah
         and gives it 
    
 
        
            וּלְמַן־ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
וּלְמַן־ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ū·lə·man-
                
                
                     to whom 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Conjunctive waw, Preposition-l | Interrogative 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        4479 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) who?, what?, whoever, whosoever 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ū·lə·man-
         to whom 
    
 
        
            דִּ֥י 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
דִּ֥י 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    dî
                
                
                     . . . 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Pronoun - relative 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        1768 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        part of relation<BR> 1) who, which, that <BR> mark of genitive <BR> 2) that of, which belongs to, that<BR> conj <BR> 3) that, because 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        dî
         . . . 
    
 
        
            יִצְבֵּ֖א 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
יִצְבֵּ֖א 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    yiṣ·bê
                
                
                     He wishes . 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Verb - Qal - Imperfect - third person masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        6634 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to desire, be inclined, be willing, be pleased <BR> 1a) (P'al)<BR> 1a1) to desire <BR> 1a2) to be pleased <BR> 1a3) to will (without hindrance) (of God) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        yiṣ·bê
         He wishes . 
    
                              
                         
                                                                                                                                            
                        
                        
                                                            As for the command to leave the stump of the tree with its roots, your kingdom will be restored to you as soon as you acknowledge that Heaven rules.
                                                    
                        
                                                                                                                     
                             
                         
                     
                                            
                            
                            
                            
                                
        
            וְדִ֣י 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
וְדִ֣י 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    wə·ḏî
                
                
                     As for 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Conjunctive waw | Pronoun - relative 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        1768 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        part of relation<BR> 1) who, which, that <BR> mark of genitive <BR> 2) that of, which belongs to, that<BR> conj <BR> 3) that, because 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        wə·ḏî
         As for 
    
 
        
            אֲמַ֗רוּ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
אֲמַ֗רוּ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ’ă·ma·rū
                
                
                     the command 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Verb - Qal - Perfect - third person masculine plural 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        560 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) (P'al) to say, to speak, to command, to tell, to relate 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ’ă·ma·rū
         the command 
    
 
        
            לְמִשְׁבַּ֞ק 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
לְמִשְׁבַּ֞ק 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    lə·miš·baq
                
                
                     to leave 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Preposition-l | Verb - Qal - Infinitive construct 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        7662 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to leave, let alone <BR> 1a) (P'al) to leave, let alone <BR> 1b) (Ithpael) to be left 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        lə·miš·baq
         to leave 
    
 
        
            עִקַּ֤ר 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
עִקַּ֤ר 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ‘iq·qar
                
                
                     the stump 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Noun - masculine singular construct 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        6136 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) root, stock 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ‘iq·qar
         the stump 
    
 
        
            דִּ֣י 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
דִּ֣י 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    dî
                
                
                     of 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Pronoun - relative 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        1768 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        part of relation<BR> 1) who, which, that <BR> mark of genitive <BR> 2) that of, which belongs to, that<BR> conj <BR> 3) that, because 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        dî
         of 
    
 
        
            אִֽילָנָ֔א 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
אִֽילָנָ֔א 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ’î·lā·nā
                
                
                     the tree 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Noun - masculine singular determinate 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        363 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) tree 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ’î·lā·nā
         the tree 
    
 
        
            שָׁרְשׁ֙וֹהִי֙ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
שָׁרְשׁ֙וֹהִי֙ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    šā·rə·šō·w·hî
                
                
                     with its roots , 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Noun - masculine plural construct | third person masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        8330 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) root 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        šā·rə·šō·w·hî
         with its roots , 
    
 
        
            מַלְכוּתָ֖ךְ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
מַלְכוּתָ֖ךְ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    mal·ḵū·ṯāḵ
                
                
                     your kingdom 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Noun - feminine singular construct | second person masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        4437 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) royalty, reign, kingdom <BR> 1a) royalty, kingship, kingly authority <BR> 1b) kingdom <BR> 1c) realm (of territory)<BR> 1d) reign (of time) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        mal·ḵū·ṯāḵ
         your kingdom 
    
 
        
            לָ֣ךְ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
לָ֣ךְ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    lāḵ
                
                
                     
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Preposition | second person masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                         
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                         
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        lāḵ
         
    
 
        
            קַיָּמָ֑ה 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
קַיָּמָ֑ה 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    qay·yā·māh
                
                
                     will be restored 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Adjective - feminine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        7011 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) secure, enduring 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        qay·yā·māh
         will be restored 
    
 
        
            מִן־ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
מִן־ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    min-
                
                
                     to you 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Preposition 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        4481 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) from, out of, by, by reason of, at, more than <BR> 1a) from, out of (of place) <BR> 1b) from, by, as a result of, by reason of, at, according to, (of source) <BR> 1c) from (of time) <BR> 1d) beyond, more than (in comparisons) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        min-
         to you 
    
 
        
            דִּ֣י 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
דִּ֣י 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    dî
                
                
                     as soon as 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Pronoun - relative 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        1768 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        part of relation<BR> 1) who, which, that <BR> mark of genitive <BR> 2) that of, which belongs to, that<BR> conj <BR> 3) that, because 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        dî
         as soon as 
    
 
        
            תִנְדַּ֔ע 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
תִנְדַּ֔ע 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ṯin·da‘
                
                
                     you acknowledge 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Verb - Qal - Imperfect - second person masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        3046 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to know <BR> 1a) (P'al) to know <BR> 1b) (Aphel) to let someone know, communicate, inform, cause to know 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ṯin·da‘
         you acknowledge 
    
 
        
            דִּ֥י 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
דִּ֥י 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    dî
                
                
                     that 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Pronoun - relative 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        1768 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        part of relation<BR> 1) who, which, that <BR> mark of genitive <BR> 2) that of, which belongs to, that<BR> conj <BR> 3) that, because 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        dî
         that 
    
 
        
            שְׁמַיָּֽא׃ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
שְׁמַיָּֽא׃ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    šə·may·yā
                
                
                     Heaven 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Noun - mdd 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        8065 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) heaven, heavens, sky <BR> 1a) visible sky <BR> 1b) Heaven (as abode of God) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        šə·may·yā
         Heaven 
    
 
        
            שַׁלִּטִ֖ן 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
שַׁלִּטִ֖ן 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    šal·li·ṭin
                
                
                     rules . 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Adjective - masculine plural 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        7990 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) having mastery, having authority, ruling <BR> 1a) having or exercising mastery, ruling <BR> 1b) ruler (subst) <BR> 1c) having authority <BR> 1c1) it is authorised 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        šal·li·ṭin
         rules . 
    
                              
                         
                                                                                                                                            
                        
                        
                                                            Therefore, may my advice be pleasing to you, O king. Break away from your sins by doing what is right, and from your iniquities by showing mercy to the oppressed. Perhaps there will be an extension of your prosperity.”
                                                    
                        
                                                                                                                     
                             
                         
                     
                                            
                            
                            
                            
                                
        
            לָהֵ֣ן 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
לָהֵ֣ן 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    lā·hên
                
                
                     Therefore , 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Conjunction 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        2006 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) behold, if, whether 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        lā·hên
         Therefore , 
    
 
        
            מִלְכִּי֙ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
מִלְכִּי֙ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    mil·kî
                
                
                     may my advice 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Noun - masculine singular construct | first person common singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        4431 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) counsel, advice 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        mil·kî
         may my advice 
    
 
        
            יִשְׁפַּ֣ר 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
יִשְׁפַּ֣ר 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    yiš·par
                
                
                     be pleasing 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Verb - Qal - Imperfect - third person masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        8232 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to be fair, be seemly, seem good, seem pleasing <BR> 1a) (P'al) to seem good, be acceptable 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        yiš·par
         be pleasing 
    
 
        
            עֲלַיִךְ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
עֲלַיִךְ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ʿă·la·yiḵ
                
                
                     to you , 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Preposition | second person masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        5922 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) upon, over, on account of, above, to, against<BR> 1a) upon, over, on account of, regarding, concerning, on behalf of <BR> 1b) over (with verbs of ruling) <BR> 1c) above, beyond (in comparison) <BR> 1d) to, against (of direction) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ʿă·la·yiḵ
         to you , 
    
 
        
            מַלְכָּ֗א 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
מַלְכָּ֗א 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    mal·kā
                
                
                     O king . 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Noun - masculine singular determinate 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        4430 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) king 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        mal·kā
         O king . 
    
 
        
            פְרֻ֔ק 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
פְרֻ֔ק 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    p̄ə·ruq
                
                
                     Break away 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Verb - Qal - Imperative - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        6562 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) (P'al) to tear away, break off (sins) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        p̄ə·ruq
         Break away 
    
 
        
            וַחֲטָיָךְ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
וַחֲטָיָךְ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    wa·ḥă·ṭå̄·yå̄ḵ
                
                
                     from your sins 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Conjunctive waw | Noun - masculine singular construct | second person masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        2408 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) sin 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        wa·ḥă·ṭå̄·yå̄ḵ
         from your sins 
    
 
        
            בְּצִדְקָ֣ה 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
בְּצִדְקָ֣ה 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    bə·ṣiḏ·qāh
                
                
                     by doing what is right , 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Preposition-b | Noun - feminine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        6665 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) right doing, doing right, righteousness 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        bə·ṣiḏ·qāh
         by doing what is right , 
    
 
        
            וַעֲוָיָתָ֖ךְ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
וַעֲוָיָתָ֖ךְ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    wa·‘ă·wā·yā·ṯāḵ
                
                
                     and from your iniquities 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Conjunctive waw | Noun - feminine plural construct | second person masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        5758 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) perversity, iniquity 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        wa·‘ă·wā·yā·ṯāḵ
         and from your iniquities 
    
 
        
            בְּמִחַ֣ן 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
בְּמִחַ֣ן 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    bə·mi·ḥan
                
                
                     by showing mercy 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Preposition-b | Verb - Qal - Infinitive construct 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        2604 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to show favour <BR> 1a) (P'al) to show favour <BR> 1b) (Ithpael) to implore favour 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        bə·mi·ḥan
         by showing mercy 
    
 
        
            עֲנָ֑יִן 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
עֲנָ֑יִן 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ‘ă·nā·yin
                
                
                     to the oppressed . 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Noun - masculine plural 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        6033 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        v <BR> 1) (P'al) to be humble, be low <BR> adj <BR> 2) poor, needy 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ‘ă·nā·yin
         to the oppressed . 
    
 
        
            הֵ֛ן 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
הֵ֛ן 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    hên
                
                
                     Perhaps 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Conjunction 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        2006 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) behold, if, whether 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        hên
         Perhaps 
    
 
        
            תֶּהֱוֵ֥א 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
תֶּהֱוֵ֥א 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    te·hĕ·wê
                
                
                     there will be 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Verb - Qal - Imperfect - third person feminine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        1934 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to come to pass, become, be <BR> 1a) (P'al) <BR> 1a1) to come to pass<BR> 1a2) to come into being, arise, become, come to be <BR> 1a2a) to let become known (with participle of knowing) <BR> 1a3) to be 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        te·hĕ·wê
         there will be 
    
 
        
            אַרְכָ֖ה 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
אַרְכָ֖ה 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ’ar·ḵāh
                
                
                     an extension 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Noun - feminine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        754 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) prolongation, lengthening, prolonging 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ’ar·ḵāh
         an extension 
    
 
        
            לִשְׁלֵוְתָֽךְ׃ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
לִשְׁלֵוְתָֽךְ׃ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    liš·lê·wə·ṯāḵ
                
                
                     of your prosperity . ” 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Preposition-l | Noun - feminine singular construct | second person masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        7963 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) ease, prosperity 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        liš·lê·wə·ṯāḵ
         of your prosperity . ” 
    
                              
                         
                                                                                                                                            
                        
                        
                                                            All this happened to King Nebuchadnezzar.
                                                    
                        
                                                                                                                     
                             
                         
                     
                                            
                            
                            
                            
                                
        
            כֹּ֣לָּא 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
כֹּ֣לָּא 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    kōl·lā
                
                
                     All 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Noun - masculine singular determinate 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        3606 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) all, whole, the whole <BR> 1a) the whole of, all <BR> 1b) every, any, none 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        kōl·lā
         All 
    
 
        
            מְּטָ֔א 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
מְּטָ֔א 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    mə·ṭā
                
                
                     this happened 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Verb - Qal - Perfect - third person masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        4291 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to reach, come upon, attain <BR> 1a) (P'al) <BR> 1a1) to reach, come to <BR> 1a2) to reach, extend <BR> 1a3) to come upon 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        mə·ṭā
         this happened 
    
 
        
            עַל־ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
עַל־ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ‘al-
                
                
                     to 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Preposition 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        5922 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) upon, over, on account of, above, to, against<BR> 1a) upon, over, on account of, regarding, concerning, on behalf of <BR> 1b) over (with verbs of ruling) <BR> 1c) above, beyond (in comparison) <BR> 1d) to, against (of direction) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ‘al-
         to 
    
 
        
            מַלְכָּֽא׃פ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
מַלְכָּֽא׃פ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    mal·kā
                
                
                     King 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Noun - masculine singular determinate 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        4430 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) king 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        mal·kā
         King 
    
 
        
            נְבוּכַדְנֶצַּ֖ר 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
נְבוּכַדְנֶצַּ֖ר 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    nə·ḇū·ḵaḏ·neṣ·ṣar
                
                
                     Nebuchadnezzar . 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Noun - proper - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        5020 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        Nebuchadnezzar = |may Nebo protect the crown|<BR> 1) the great king of Babylon who captured Jerusalem and carried Judah captive 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        nə·ḇū·ḵaḏ·neṣ·ṣar
         Nebuchadnezzar . 
    
                              
                         
                                                                                                                                            
                        
                        
                                                            Twelve months later, as he was walking on the roof of the royal palace of Babylon,
                                                    
                        
                                                                                                                     
                             
                         
                     
                                            
                            
                            
                            
                                
        
            תְּרֵֽי־ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
תְּרֵֽי־ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    tə·rê-
                
                
                     Twelve 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Number - masculine singular construct 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        8648 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) two <BR> 1a) two (as cardinal number) <BR> 1b) second (as ordinal number)<BR> 1c) two (in combination with other numbers) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        tə·rê-
         Twelve 
    
 
        
            עֲשַׂ֑ר 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
עֲשַׂ֑ר 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ‘ă·śar
                
                
                     . . . 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Number - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        6236 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) ten 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ‘ă·śar
         . . . 
    
 
        
            יַרְחִ֖ין 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
יַרְחִ֖ין 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    yar·ḥîn
                
                
                     months 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Noun - masculine plural 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        3393 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) month 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        yar·ḥîn
         months 
    
 
        
            לִקְצָ֥ת 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
לִקְצָ֥ת 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    liq·ṣāṯ
                
                
                     later , 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Preposition-l | Noun - feminine singular construct 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        7118 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) end, part 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        liq·ṣāṯ
         later , 
    
 
        
            הֲוָֽה׃ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
הֲוָֽה׃ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    hă·wāh
                
                
                     as he was 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Verb - Qal - Perfect - third person masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        1934 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to come to pass, become, be <BR> 1a) (P'al) <BR> 1a1) to come to pass<BR> 1a2) to come into being, arise, become, come to be <BR> 1a2a) to let become known (with participle of knowing) <BR> 1a3) to be 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        hă·wāh
         as he was 
    
 
        
            מְהַלֵּ֥ךְ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
מְהַלֵּ֥ךְ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    mə·hal·lêḵ
                
                
                     walking 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Verb - Piel - Participle - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        1981 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to walk, go <BR> 1a) (P'al) walking about (participle) <BR> 1b) (Aphel) to walk 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        mə·hal·lêḵ
         walking 
    
 
        
            עַל־ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
עַל־ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ‘al-
                
                
                     on 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Preposition 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        5922 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) upon, over, on account of, above, to, against<BR> 1a) upon, over, on account of, regarding, concerning, on behalf of <BR> 1b) over (with verbs of ruling) <BR> 1c) above, beyond (in comparison) <BR> 1d) to, against (of direction) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ‘al-
         on 
    
 
        
            הֵיכַ֧ל 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
הֵיכַ֧ל 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    hê·ḵal
                
                
                     the roof of the royal palace 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Noun - masculine singular construct 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        1965 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) palace, temple <BR> 1a) palace <BR> 1b) temple (in Jerusalem) <BR> 1c) temple (pagan) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        hê·ḵal
         the roof of the royal palace 
    
 
        
            מַלְכוּתָ֛א 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
מַלְכוּתָ֛א 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    mal·ḵū·ṯā
                
                
                     . . . 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Noun - feminine singular determinate 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        4437 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) royalty, reign, kingdom <BR> 1a) royalty, kingship, kingly authority <BR> 1b) kingdom <BR> 1c) realm (of territory)<BR> 1d) reign (of time) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        mal·ḵū·ṯā
         . . . 
    
 
        
            דִּ֥י 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
דִּ֥י 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    dî
                
                
                     of 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Pronoun - relative 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        1768 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        part of relation<BR> 1) who, which, that <BR> mark of genitive <BR> 2) that of, which belongs to, that<BR> conj <BR> 3) that, because 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        dî
         of 
    
 
        
            בָבֶ֖ל 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
בָבֶ֖ל 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ḇā·ḇel
                
                
                     Babylon , 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Noun - proper - feminine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        895 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        Babel or Babylon = |confusion (by mixing)|<BR> 1) Babel or Babylon, the ancient site and/or capital of Babylonia (modern Hillah) situated on the Euphrates 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ḇā·ḇel
         Babylon , 
    
                              
                         
                                                                                                                                            
                        
                        
                                                            the king exclaimed, “Is this not Babylon the Great, which I myself have built as a royal residence by the might of my power and for the glory of my majesty?”
                                                    
                        
                                                                                                                     
                             
                         
                     
                                            
                            
                            
                            
                                
        
            מַלְכָּא֙ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
מַלְכָּא֙ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    mal·kā
                
                
                     the king 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Noun - masculine singular determinate 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        4430 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) king 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        mal·kā
         the king 
    
 
        
            וְאָמַ֔ר 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
וְאָמַ֔ר 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    wə·’ā·mar
                
                
                     . . . 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Conjunctive waw | Verb - Qal - Participle - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        560 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) (P'al) to say, to speak, to command, to tell, to relate 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        wə·’ā·mar
         . . . 
    
 
        
            עָנֵ֤ה 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
עָנֵ֤ה 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ‘ā·nêh
                
                
                     exclaimed , 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Verb - Qal - Participle - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        6032 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to answer, respond <BR> 1a) (P'al) <BR> 1a1) to answer, make reply <BR> 1a2) to respond 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ‘ā·nêh
         exclaimed , 
    
 
        
            דָא־ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
דָא־ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ḏā-
                
                
                     “ Is this 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Adverb 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        1668 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) this, one ... to ... another 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ḏā-
         “ Is this 
    
 
        
            הִ֖יא 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
הִ֖יא 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    hî
                
                
                     . . . 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Pronoun - third person feminine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        1932 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) he, she, it <BR> 1a) (emphasising and resuming subject) <BR> 1b)(anticipating subj) <BR> 1c) as demons pron <BR> 1d) (relative) <BR> 1e) (affirming existence) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        hî
         . . . 
    
 
        
            הֲלָ֥א 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
הֲלָ֥א 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    hă·lā
                
                
                     not 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Adverb - Negative particle 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        3809 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) no, not, nothing 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        hă·lā
         not 
    
 
        
            בָּבֶ֣ל 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
בָּבֶ֣ל 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    bā·ḇel
                
                
                     Babylon 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Noun - proper - feminine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        895 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        Babel or Babylon = |confusion (by mixing)|<BR> 1) Babel or Babylon, the ancient site and/or capital of Babylonia (modern Hillah) situated on the Euphrates 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        bā·ḇel
         Babylon 
    
 
        
            רַבְּתָ֑א 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
רַבְּתָ֑א 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    rab·bə·ṯā
                
                
                     the Great , 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Adjective - feminine singular determinate 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        7229 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        adj <BR> 1) great <BR> 1a) great <BR> 1b) great (fig of power) <BR> n <BR> 2) captain, chief 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        rab·bə·ṯā
         the Great , 
    
 
        
            דִּֽי־ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
דִּֽי־ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    dî-
                
                
                     which 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Pronoun - relative 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        1768 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        part of relation<BR> 1) who, which, that <BR> mark of genitive <BR> 2) that of, which belongs to, that<BR> conj <BR> 3) that, because 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        dî-
         which 
    
 
        
            אֲנָ֤ה 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
אֲנָ֤ה 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ’ă·nāh
                
                
                     I myself 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Pronoun - first person common singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        576 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) I (first pers. sing. -usually used for emphasis) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ’ă·nāh
         I myself 
    
 
        
            בֱנַיְתַהּ֙ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
בֱנַיְתַהּ֙ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ḇĕ·nay·ṯah
                
                
                     have built 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Verb - Qal - Perfect - first person common singular | third person feminine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        1124 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to build <BR> 1a) (P'al) to build <BR> 1b) (Ithp'il) to be built 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ḇĕ·nay·ṯah
         have built 
    
 
        
            בִּתְקַ֥ף 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
בִּתְקַ֥ף 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    biṯ·qap̄
                
                
                     by the might 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Preposition-b | Noun - masculine singular construct 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        8632 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) strength, might 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        biṯ·qap̄
         by the might 
    
 
        
            חִסְנִ֖י 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
חִסְנִ֖י 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ḥis·nî
                
                
                     of my power 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Noun - masculine singular construct | first person common singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        2632 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) power, strength, power (of the king), (royal) power 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ḥis·nî
         of my power 
    
 
        
            מַלְכ֔וּ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
מַלְכ֔וּ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    mal·ḵū
                
                
                     as a royal 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Noun - feminine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        4437 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) royalty, reign, kingdom <BR> 1a) royalty, kingship, kingly authority <BR> 1b) kingdom <BR> 1c) realm (of territory)<BR> 1d) reign (of time) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        mal·ḵū
         as a royal 
    
 
        
            לְבֵ֣ית 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
לְבֵ֣ית 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    lə·ḇêṯ
                
                
                     residence 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Preposition-l | Noun - masculine singular construct 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        1005 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) house (of men) <BR> 2) house (of God) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        lə·ḇêṯ
         residence 
    
 
        
            וְלִיקָ֥ר 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
וְלִיקָ֥ר 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    wə·lî·qār
                
                
                     and for the glory 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Conjunctive waw, Preposition-l | Noun - masculine singular construct 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        3367 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) honour, esteem 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        wə·lî·qār
         and for the glory 
    
 
        
            הַדְרִֽי׃ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
הַדְרִֽי׃ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    haḏ·rî
                
                
                     of my majesty ? ” 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Noun - masculine singular construct | first person common singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        1923 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) honour, majesty 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        haḏ·rî
         of my majesty ? ” 
    
                              
                         
                                                                                                                                            
                        
                        
                                                            While the words were still in the king’s mouth, a voice came from heaven: “It is decreed to you, King Nebuchadnezzar, that the kingdom has departed from you.
                                                    
                        
                                                                                                                     
                             
                         
                     
                                            
                            
                            
                            
                                
        
            מִלְּתָא֙ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
מִלְּתָא֙ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    mil·lə·ṯā
                
                
                     While the words 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Noun - feminine singular determinate 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        4406 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) word, thing <BR> 1a) word, utterance, command <BR> 1b) thing, affair, matter 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        mil·lə·ṯā
         While the words 
    
 
        
            ע֗וֹד 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
ע֗וֹד 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ‘ō·wḏ
                
                
                     were still 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Adverb 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        5751 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) still, while, yet 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ‘ō·wḏ
         were still 
    
 
        
            מַלְכָּ֔א 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
מַלְכָּ֔א 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    mal·kā
                
                
                     in the king’s 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Noun - masculine singular determinate 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        4430 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) king 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        mal·kā
         in the king’s 
    
 
        
            בְּפֻ֣ם 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
בְּפֻ֣ם 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    bə·p̄um
                
                
                     mouth , 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Preposition-b | Noun - masculine singular construct 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        6433 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) mouth 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        bə·p̄um
         mouth , 
    
 
        
            קָ֖ל 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
קָ֖ל 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    qāl
                
                
                     a voice 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Noun - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        7032 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) voice, sound 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        qāl
         a voice 
    
 
        
            נְפַ֑ל 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
נְפַ֑ל 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    nə·p̄al
                
                
                     came 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Verb - Qal - Perfect - third person masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        5308 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to fall <BR> 1a) (P'al) <BR> 1a1) to fall <BR> 1a2) to fall down 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        nə·p̄al
         came 
    
 
        
            מִן־ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
מִן־ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    min-
                
                
                     from 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Preposition 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        4481 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) from, out of, by, by reason of, at, more than <BR> 1a) from, out of (of place) <BR> 1b) from, by, as a result of, by reason of, at, according to, (of source) <BR> 1c) from (of time) <BR> 1d) beyond, more than (in comparisons) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        min-
         from 
    
 
        
            שְׁמַיָּ֣א 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
שְׁמַיָּ֣א 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    šə·may·yā
                
                
                     heaven : 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Noun - mdd 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        8065 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) heaven, heavens, sky <BR> 1a) visible sky <BR> 1b) Heaven (as abode of God) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        šə·may·yā
         heaven : 
    
 
        
            אָֽמְרִין֙ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
אָֽמְרִין֙ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ’ā·mə·rîn
                
                
                     “ It is decreed 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Verb - Qal - Participle - masculine plural 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        560 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) (P'al) to say, to speak, to command, to tell, to relate 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ’ā·mə·rîn
         “ It is decreed 
    
 
        
            לָ֤ךְ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
לָ֤ךְ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    lāḵ
                
                
                     to you , 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Preposition | second person masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                         
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                         
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        lāḵ
         to you , 
    
 
        
            מַלְכָּ֔א 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
מַלְכָּ֔א 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    mal·kā
                
                
                     King 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Noun - masculine singular determinate 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        4430 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) king 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        mal·kā
         King 
    
 
        
            נְבוּכַדְנֶצַּ֣ר 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
נְבוּכַדְנֶצַּ֣ר 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    nə·ḇū·ḵaḏ·neṣ·ṣar
                
                
                     Nebuchadnezzar , 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Noun - proper - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        5020 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        Nebuchadnezzar = |may Nebo protect the crown|<BR> 1) the great king of Babylon who captured Jerusalem and carried Judah captive 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        nə·ḇū·ḵaḏ·neṣ·ṣar
         Nebuchadnezzar , 
    
 
        
            מַלְכוּתָ֖ה 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
מַלְכוּתָ֖ה 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    mal·ḵū·ṯāh
                
                
                     that the kingdom 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Noun - feminine singular determinate 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        4437 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) royalty, reign, kingdom <BR> 1a) royalty, kingship, kingly authority <BR> 1b) kingdom <BR> 1c) realm (of territory)<BR> 1d) reign (of time) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        mal·ḵū·ṯāh
         that the kingdom 
    
 
        
            עֲדָ֥ת 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
עֲדָ֥ת 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ‘ă·ḏāṯ
                
                
                     has departed 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Verb - Qal - Perfect - third person feminine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        5709 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to pass on, pass away <BR> 1a)(P'al) <BR> 1a1) to pass on, pass over <BR> 1a2) to pass away <BR> 1b) (Aphel) to take away, remove, depose 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ‘ă·ḏāṯ
         has departed 
    
 
        
            מִנָּֽךְ׃ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
מִנָּֽךְ׃ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    min·nāḵ
                
                
                     from you . 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Preposition | second person masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        4481 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) from, out of, by, by reason of, at, more than <BR> 1a) from, out of (of place) <BR> 1b) from, by, as a result of, by reason of, at, according to, (of source) <BR> 1c) from (of time) <BR> 1d) beyond, more than (in comparisons) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        min·nāḵ
         from you . 
    
                              
                         
                                                                                                                                            
                        
                        
                                                            You will be driven away from mankind to live with the beasts of the field, and you will feed on grass like an ox. And seven times will pass you by, until you acknowledge that the Most High rules over the kingdom of mankind and gives it to whom He wishes.”
                                                    
                        
                                                                                                                     
                             
                         
                     
                                            
                            
                            
                            
                                
        
            יִתְּנִנַּֽהּ׃ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
יִתְּנִנַּֽהּ׃ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    yit·tə·nin·nah
                
                
                     and gives it 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Verb - Qal - Imperfect - third person masculine singular | third person feminine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        5415 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to give <BR> 1a) (P'al) <BR> 1a1) to give <BR> 1a2) to give, allow <BR> 1a3) to give, pay 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        yit·tə·nin·nah
         and gives it 
    
 
        
            וּלְמַן־ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
וּלְמַן־ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ū·lə·man-
                
                
                     to whom 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Conjunctive waw, Preposition-l | Interrogative 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        4479 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) who?, what?, whoever, whosoever 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ū·lə·man-
         to whom 
    
 
        
            דִּ֥י 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
דִּ֥י 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    dî
                
                
                     . . . 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Pronoun - relative 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        1768 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        part of relation<BR> 1) who, which, that <BR> mark of genitive <BR> 2) that of, which belongs to, that<BR> conj <BR> 3) that, because 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        dî
         . . . 
    
 
        
            יִצְבֵּ֖א 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
יִצְבֵּ֖א 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    yiṣ·bê
                
                
                     He wishes . ” 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Verb - Qal - Imperfect - third person masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        6634 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to desire, be inclined, be willing, be pleased <BR> 1a) (P'al)<BR> 1a1) to desire <BR> 1a2) to be pleased <BR> 1a3) to will (without hindrance) (of God) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        yiṣ·bê
         He wishes . ” 
    
 
        
            טָֽרְדִ֜ין 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
טָֽרְדִ֜ין 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ṭā·rə·ḏîn
                
                
                     You will be driven away 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Verb - Qal - Participle - masculine plural 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        2957 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) (P'al) to drive away, drive from, chase away 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ṭā·rə·ḏîn
         You will be driven away 
    
 
        
            וּמִן־ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
וּמִן־ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ū·min-
                
                
                     from 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Conjunctive waw | Preposition 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        4481 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) from, out of, by, by reason of, at, more than <BR> 1a) from, out of (of place) <BR> 1b) from, by, as a result of, by reason of, at, according to, (of source) <BR> 1c) from (of time) <BR> 1d) beyond, more than (in comparisons) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ū·min-
         from 
    
 
        
            אֲנָשָׁא֩ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
אֲנָשָׁא֩ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ’ă·nā·šā
                
                
                     mankind 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Noun - masculine singular determinate 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        606 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) man, human being <BR> 2) mankind (collective) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ’ă·nā·šā
         mankind 
    
 
        
            לָ֨ךְ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
לָ֨ךְ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    lāḵ
                
                
                     
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Preposition | second person masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                         
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                         
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        lāḵ
         
    
 
        
            מְדֹרָ֗ךְ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
מְדֹרָ֗ךְ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    mə·ḏō·rāḵ
                
                
                     to live 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Noun - masculine singular construct | second person masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        4070 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) dwelling place 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        mə·ḏō·rāḵ
         to live 
    
 
        
            וְֽעִם־ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
וְֽעִם־ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    wə·‘im-
                
                
                     with 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Conjunctive waw | Preposition 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        5974 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) with <BR> 1a) together with, with <BR> 1b) with, during 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        wə·‘im-
         with 
    
 
        
            חֵיוַ֧ת 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
חֵיוַ֧ת 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ḥê·waṯ
                
                
                     the beasts 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Noun - feminine singular construct 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        2423 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) beast, animal 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ḥê·waṯ
         the beasts 
    
 
        
            בָּרָ֣א 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
בָּרָ֣א 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    bā·rā
                
                
                     of the field , 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Noun - masculine singular determinate 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        1251 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) field 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        bā·rā
         of the field , 
    
 
        
            יְטַעֲמ֔וּן 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
יְטַעֲמ֔וּן 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    yə·ṭa·‘ă·mūn
                
                
                     and you will feed on 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Verb - Piel - Imperfect - third person masculine plural 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        2939 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) (P'al) to feed, cause to eat 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        yə·ṭa·‘ă·mūn
         and you will feed on 
    
 
        
            עִשְׂבָּ֤א 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
עִשְׂבָּ֤א 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ‘iś·bā
                
                
                     grass 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Noun - masculine singular determinate 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        6211 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) moth <BR> 2) herbage, grass 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ‘iś·bā
         grass 
    
 
        
            כְתוֹרִין֙ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
כְתוֹרִין֙ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ḵə·ṯō·w·rîn
                
                
                     like an ox 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Preposition-k | Noun - masculine plural 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        8450 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) bull, young bull, ox (for sacrifice) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ḵə·ṯō·w·rîn
         like an ox 
    
 
        
            לָ֣ךְ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
לָ֣ךְ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    lāḵ
                
                
                     . 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Preposition | second person masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                         
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                         
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        lāḵ
         . 
    
 
        
            וְשִׁבְעָ֥ה 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
וְשִׁבְעָ֥ה 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    wə·šiḇ·‘āh
                
                
                     And seven 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Conjunctive waw | Number - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        7655 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) seven 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        wə·šiḇ·‘āh
         And seven 
    
 
        
            עִדָּנִ֖ין 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
עִדָּנִ֖ין 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ‘id·dā·nîn
                
                
                     times 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Noun - masculine plural 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        5732 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) time <BR> 1a) time (of duration) <BR> 1b) year 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ‘id·dā·nîn
         times 
    
 
        
            יַחְלְפ֣וּן 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
יַחְלְפ֣וּן 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    yaḥ·lə·p̄ūn
                
                
                     will pass 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Verb - Qal - Imperfect - third person masculine plural 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        2499 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to pass by, pass over <BR> 1a) (Pe) to pass by, pass over 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        yaḥ·lə·p̄ūn
         will pass 
    
 
        
            עִלַיִךְ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
עִלַיִךְ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ʿi·la·yiḵ
                
                
                     you by , 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Preposition | second person masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        5922 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) upon, over, on account of, above, to, against<BR> 1a) upon, over, on account of, regarding, concerning, on behalf of <BR> 1b) over (with verbs of ruling) <BR> 1c) above, beyond (in comparison) <BR> 1d) to, against (of direction) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ʿi·la·yiḵ
         you by , 
    
 
        
            עַ֣ד 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
עַ֣ד 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ‘aḏ
                
                
                     until 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Preposition 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        5705 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        prep<BR> 1) even to, until, up to, during <BR> conj <BR> 2) until, up to the time that, ere that 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ‘aḏ
         until 
    
 
        
            דִּֽי־ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
דִּֽי־ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    dî-
                
                
                     . . . 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Pronoun - relative 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        1768 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        part of relation<BR> 1) who, which, that <BR> mark of genitive <BR> 2) that of, which belongs to, that<BR> conj <BR> 3) that, because 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        dî-
         . . . 
    
 
        
            תִנְדַּ֗ע 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
תִנְדַּ֗ע 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ṯin·da‘
                
                
                     you acknowledge 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Verb - Qal - Imperfect - second person masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        3046 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to know <BR> 1a) (P'al) to know <BR> 1b) (Aphel) to let someone know, communicate, inform, cause to know 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ṯin·da‘
         you acknowledge 
    
 
        
            דִּֽי־ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
דִּֽי־ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    dî-
                
                
                     that 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Pronoun - relative 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        1768 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        part of relation<BR> 1) who, which, that <BR> mark of genitive <BR> 2) that of, which belongs to, that<BR> conj <BR> 3) that, because 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        dî-
         that 
    
 
        
            עִלָּיאָ֙ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
עִלָּיאָ֙ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ʿil·lå̄y·ʾå̄
                
                
                     the Most High 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Adjective - masculine singular determinate 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        5943 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) highest, the Most High 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ʿil·lå̄y·ʾå̄
         the Most High 
    
 
        
            שַׁלִּ֤יט 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
שַׁלִּ֤יט 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    šal·lîṭ
                
                
                     rules 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Adjective - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        7990 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) having mastery, having authority, ruling <BR> 1a) having or exercising mastery, ruling <BR> 1b) ruler (subst) <BR> 1c) having authority <BR> 1c1) it is authorised 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        šal·lîṭ
         rules 
    
 
        
            בְּמַלְכ֣וּת 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
בְּמַלְכ֣וּת 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    bə·mal·ḵūṯ
                
                
                     over the kingdom 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Preposition-b | Noun - feminine singular construct 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        4437 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) royalty, reign, kingdom <BR> 1a) royalty, kingship, kingly authority <BR> 1b) kingdom <BR> 1c) realm (of territory)<BR> 1d) reign (of time) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        bə·mal·ḵūṯ
         over the kingdom 
    
 
        
            אֲנָשָׁ֔א 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
אֲנָשָׁ֔א 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ’ă·nā·šā
                
                
                     of mankind 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Noun - masculine singular determinate 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        606 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) man, human being <BR> 2) mankind (collective) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ’ă·nā·šā
         of mankind 
    
                              
                         
                                                                                                                                            
                        
                        
                                                            At that moment the sentence against Nebuchadnezzar was fulfilled. He was driven away from mankind. He ate grass like an ox, and his body was drenched with the dew of heaven, until his hair grew like the feathers of an eagle and his nails like the claws of a bird.
                                                    
                        
                                                                                                                     
                             
                         
                     
                                            
                            
                            
                            
                                
        
            בַּהּ־ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
בַּהּ־ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    bah-
                
                
                     At that 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Preposition | third person feminine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                         
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                         
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        bah-
         At that 
    
 
        
            שַׁעֲתָ֗א 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
שַׁעֲתָ֗א 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ša·‘ă·ṯā
                
                
                     moment 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Noun - feminine singular determinate 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        8160 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) brief time, moment 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ša·‘ă·ṯā
         moment 
    
 
        
            מִלְּתָא֮ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
מִלְּתָא֮ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    mil·lə·ṯā
                
                
                     the sentence 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Noun - feminine singular determinate 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        4406 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) word, thing <BR> 1a) word, utterance, command <BR> 1b) thing, affair, matter 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        mil·lə·ṯā
         the sentence 
    
 
        
            עַל־ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
עַל־ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ‘al-
                
                
                     against 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Preposition 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        5922 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) upon, over, on account of, above, to, against<BR> 1a) upon, over, on account of, regarding, concerning, on behalf of <BR> 1b) over (with verbs of ruling) <BR> 1c) above, beyond (in comparison) <BR> 1d) to, against (of direction) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ‘al-
         against 
    
 
        
            נְבוּכַדְנֶצַּר֒ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
נְבוּכַדְנֶצַּר֒ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    nə·ḇū·ḵaḏ·neṣ·ṣar
                
                
                     Nebuchadnezzar 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Noun - proper - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        5020 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        Nebuchadnezzar = |may Nebo protect the crown|<BR> 1) the great king of Babylon who captured Jerusalem and carried Judah captive 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        nə·ḇū·ḵaḏ·neṣ·ṣar
         Nebuchadnezzar 
    
 
        
            סָ֣פַת 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
סָ֣פַת 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    sā·p̄aṯ
                
                
                     was fulfilled . 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Verb - Qal - Perfect - third person feminine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        5487 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to be fulfilled, be completed, come to an end <BR> 1a) (P'al) to be fulfilled, be completed <BR> 1b) (Aphel) to put an end to 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        sā·p̄aṯ
         was fulfilled . 
    
 
        
            טְרִ֔יד 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
טְרִ֔יד 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ṭə·rîḏ
                
                
                     He was driven away 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Verb - Nifal - Perfect - third person masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        2957 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) (P'al) to drive away, drive from, chase away 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ṭə·rîḏ
         He was driven away 
    
 
        
            וּמִן־ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
וּמִן־ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ū·min-
                
                
                     from 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Conjunctive waw | Preposition 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        4481 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) from, out of, by, by reason of, at, more than <BR> 1a) from, out of (of place) <BR> 1b) from, by, as a result of, by reason of, at, according to, (of source) <BR> 1c) from (of time) <BR> 1d) beyond, more than (in comparisons) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ū·min-
         from 
    
 
        
            אֲנָשָׁ֣א 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
אֲנָשָׁ֣א 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ’ă·nā·šā
                
                
                     mankind . 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Noun - masculine singular determinate 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        606 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) man, human being <BR> 2) mankind (collective) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ’ă·nā·šā
         mankind . 
    
 
        
            יֵאכֻ֔ל 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
יֵאכֻ֔ל 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    yê·ḵul
                
                
                     He ate 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Verb - Qal - Imperfect - third person masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        399 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to eat, devour <BR> 1a) (P'al) <BR> 1a1) to eat (of beasts) <BR> 1a2) to devour <BR> 1a3) eat their pieces (in a phrase, that is, slander them) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        yê·ḵul
         He ate 
    
 
        
            וְעִשְׂבָּ֤א 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
וְעִשְׂבָּ֤א 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    wə·‘iś·bā
                
                
                     grass 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Conjunctive waw | Noun - masculine singular determinate 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        6211 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) moth <BR> 2) herbage, grass 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        wə·‘iś·bā
         grass 
    
 
        
            כְתוֹרִין֙ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
כְתוֹרִין֙ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ḵə·ṯō·w·rîn
                
                
                     like an ox , 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Preposition-k | Noun - masculine plural 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        8450 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) bull, young bull, ox (for sacrifice) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ḵə·ṯō·w·rîn
         like an ox , 
    
 
        
            גִּשְׁמֵ֣הּ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
גִּשְׁמֵ֣הּ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    giš·mêh
                
                
                     and his body 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Noun - masculine singular construct | third person masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        1655 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) body 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        giš·mêh
         and his body 
    
 
        
            יִצְטַבַּ֑ע 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
יִצְטַבַּ֑ע 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    yiṣ·ṭab·ba‘
                
                
                     was drenched 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Verb - Hitpael - Imperfect - third person masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        6647 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to dip, wet (something) <BR> 1a) (Pael) to wet <BR> 1b) (Ithpael) to be wet 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        yiṣ·ṭab·ba‘
         was drenched 
    
 
        
            וּמִטַּ֥ל 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
וּמִטַּ֥ל 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ū·miṭ·ṭal
                
                
                     with the dew 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Conjunctive waw | Preposition 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        2920 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) dew 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ū·miṭ·ṭal
         with the dew 
    
 
        
            שְׁמַיָּ֖א 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
שְׁמַיָּ֖א 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    šə·may·yā
                
                
                     of heaven , 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Noun - mdd 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        8065 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) heaven, heavens, sky <BR> 1a) visible sky <BR> 1b) Heaven (as abode of God) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        šə·may·yā
         of heaven , 
    
 
        
            עַ֣ד 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
עַ֣ד 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ‘aḏ
                
                
                     until 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Preposition 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        5705 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        prep<BR> 1) even to, until, up to, during <BR> conj <BR> 2) until, up to the time that, ere that 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ‘aḏ
         until 
    
 
        
            דִּ֥י 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
דִּ֥י 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    dî
                
                
                     . . . 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Pronoun - relative 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        1768 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        part of relation<BR> 1) who, which, that <BR> mark of genitive <BR> 2) that of, which belongs to, that<BR> conj <BR> 3) that, because 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        dî
         . . . 
    
 
        
            שַׂעְרֵ֛הּ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
שַׂעְרֵ֛הּ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    śa‘·rêh
                
                
                     his hair 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Noun - masculine singular construct | third person masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        8177 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) hair (of head) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        śa‘·rêh
         his hair 
    
 
        
            רְבָ֖ה 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
רְבָ֖ה 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    rə·ḇāh
                
                
                     grew 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Verb - Qal - Perfect - third person masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        7236 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to grow great <BR> 1a) (P'al) to grow long, grow tall and large, grow great, increase <BR> 1b) (Pael) to make great 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        rə·ḇāh
         grew 
    
 
        
            כְּנִשְׁרִ֥ין 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
כְּנִשְׁרִ֥ין 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    kə·niš·rîn
                
                
                     like [the feathers of] an eagle 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Preposition-k | Noun - masculine plural 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        5403 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) eagle, vulture, griffon-vulture 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        kə·niš·rîn
         like [the feathers of] an eagle 
    
 
        
            וְטִפְר֥וֹהִי 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
וְטִפְר֥וֹהִי 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    wə·ṭip̄·rō·w·hî
                
                
                     and his nails 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Conjunctive waw | Noun - feminine plural construct | third person masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        2953 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) fingernail, nail, claw 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        wə·ṭip̄·rō·w·hî
         and his nails 
    
 
        
            כְצִפְּרִֽין׃ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
כְצִפְּרִֽין׃ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ḵə·ṣip·pə·rîn
                
                
                     like [the claws of] a bird . 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Preposition-k | Noun - feminine plural 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        6853 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) bird 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ḵə·ṣip·pə·rîn
         like [the claws of] a bird . 
    
                              
                         
                                                                                                                                            
                        
                        
                                                            But at the end of those days I, Nebuchadnezzar, looked up to heaven, and my sanity was restored to me. Then I praised the Most High, and I honored and glorified Him who lives forever: “For His dominion is an everlasting dominion, and His kingdom endures from generation to generation.
                                                    
                        
                                                                                                                     
                             
                         
                     
                                            
                            
                            
                            
                                
        
            וְלִקְצָ֣ת 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
וְלִקְצָ֣ת 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    wə·liq·ṣāṯ
                
                
                     But at the end 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Conjunctive waw, Preposition-l | Noun - feminine singular construct 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        7118 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) end, part 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        wə·liq·ṣāṯ
         But at the end 
    
 
        
            יֽוֹמַיָּה֩ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
יֽוֹמַיָּה֩ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    yō·w·may·yāh
                
                
                     of those days 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Noun - masculine plural determinate 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        3118 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) day <BR> 2) day always refers to a twenty-four hour period when the word is modified by a definite or cardinal number 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        yō·w·may·yāh
         of those days 
    
 
        
            אֲנָ֨ה 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
אֲנָ֨ה 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ’ă·nāh
                
                
                     I , 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Pronoun - first person common singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        576 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) I (first pers. sing. -usually used for emphasis) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ’ă·nāh
         I , 
    
 
        
            נְבוּכַדְנֶצַּ֜ר 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
נְבוּכַדְנֶצַּ֜ר 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    nə·ḇū·ḵaḏ·neṣ·ṣar
                
                
                     Nebuchadnezzar , 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Noun - proper - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        5020 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        Nebuchadnezzar = |may Nebo protect the crown|<BR> 1) the great king of Babylon who captured Jerusalem and carried Judah captive 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        nə·ḇū·ḵaḏ·neṣ·ṣar
         Nebuchadnezzar , 
    
 
        
            עַיְנַ֣י׀ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
עַיְנַ֣י׀ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ‘ay·nay
                
                
                     looked up 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Noun - feminine singular construct | first person common singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        5870 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) eye 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ‘ay·nay
         looked up 
    
 
        
            נִטְלֵ֗ת 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
נִטְלֵ֗ת 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    niṭ·lêṯ
                
                
                     . . . 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Verb - Qal - Perfect - first person common singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        5191 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to lift <BR> 1a) (P'al) to lift, lift up <BR> 1b) (P'il) to be lifted 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        niṭ·lêṯ
         . . . 
    
 
        
            לִשְׁמַיָּ֣א 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
לִשְׁמַיָּ֣א 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    liš·may·yā
                
                
                     to heaven , 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Preposition-l | Noun - mdd 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        8065 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) heaven, heavens, sky <BR> 1a) visible sky <BR> 1b) Heaven (as abode of God) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        liš·may·yā
         to heaven , 
    
 
        
            וּמַנְדְּעִי֙ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
וּמַנְדְּעִי֙ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ū·man·də·‘î
                
                
                     and my sanity 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Conjunctive waw | Noun - masculine singular construct | first person common singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        4486 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) knowledge, power of knowing 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ū·man·də·‘î
         and my sanity 
    
 
        
            יְת֔וּב 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
יְת֔וּב 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    yə·ṯūḇ
                
                
                     was restored 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Verb - Qal - Imperfect - third person masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        8421 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to return, come back <BR> 1a) (P'al) to return, come back <BR> 1b) (Aphel) <BR> 1b1) to restore, give back, answer <BR> 1b2) to return 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        yə·ṯūḇ
         was restored 
    
 
        
            עֲלַ֣י 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
עֲלַ֣י 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ‘ă·lay
                
                
                     to me . 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Preposition | first person common singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        5922 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) upon, over, on account of, above, to, against<BR> 1a) upon, over, on account of, regarding, concerning, on behalf of <BR> 1b) over (with verbs of ruling) <BR> 1c) above, beyond (in comparison) <BR> 1d) to, against (of direction) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ‘ă·lay
         to me . 
    
 
        
            בָּרְכֵ֔ת 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
בָּרְכֵ֔ת 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    bā·rə·ḵêṯ
                
                
                     Then I praised 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Verb - Piel - Perfect - first person common singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        1289 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to bless, kneel <BR> 1a) (P'al) <BR> 1a1) kneeling (participle) <BR> 1a2) to be blessed <BR> 1b) (Pael) to bless, praise 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        bā·rə·ḵêṯ
         Then I praised 
    
 
        
            וּלְעִלָּיָא 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
וּלְעִלָּיָא 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ū·lə·ʿil·lå̄·yå̄
                
                
                     the Most High , 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Conjunctive waw, Preposition-l | Adjective - masculine singular determinate 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        5943 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) highest, the Most High 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ū·lə·ʿil·lå̄·yå̄
         the Most High , 
    
 
        
            שַׁבְּחֵ֣ת 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
שַׁבְּחֵ֣ת 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    šab·bə·ḥêṯ
                
                
                     and I honored 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Verb - Piel - Perfect - first person common singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        7624 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) (Pael) to laud, praise, adulate, adore 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        šab·bə·ḥêṯ
         and I honored 
    
 
        
            וְהַדְּרֵ֑ת 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
וְהַדְּרֵ֑ת 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    wə·had·də·rêṯ
                
                
                     and glorified 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Conjunctive waw | Verb - Piel - Conjunctive perfect - first person common singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        1922 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) (Pael) to glorify (God) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        wə·had·də·rêṯ
         and glorified 
    
 
        
            דִּ֤י 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
דִּ֤י 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    dî
                
                
                     . . . 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Pronoun - relative 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        1768 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        part of relation<BR> 1) who, which, that <BR> mark of genitive <BR> 2) that of, which belongs to, that<BR> conj <BR> 3) that, because 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        dî
         . . . 
    
 
        
            וּלְחַ֥י 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
וּלְחַ֥י 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ū·lə·ḥay
                
                
                     Him who lives 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Conjunctive waw, Preposition-l | Adjective - masculine singular construct 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        2417 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) alive, living, life 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ū·lə·ḥay
         Him who lives 
    
 
        
            עָלְמָ֖א 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
עָלְמָ֖א 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ‘ā·lə·mā
                
                
                     forever : 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Noun - masculine singular determinate 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        5957 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) perpetuity, antiquity, for ever 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ‘ā·lə·mā
         forever : 
    
 
        
            שָׁלְטָנֵהּ֙ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
שָׁלְטָנֵהּ֙ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    šā·lə·ṭā·nêh
                
                
                     “ For His dominion 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Noun - masculine singular construct | third person masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        7985 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) dominion, sovereignty <BR> 1a) dominion, sovereignty <BR> 1b) realm 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        šā·lə·ṭā·nêh
         “ For His dominion 
    
 
        
            עָלַ֔ם 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
עָלַ֔ם 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ‘ā·lam
                
                
                     is an everlasting 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Noun - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        5957 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) perpetuity, antiquity, for ever 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ‘ā·lam
         is an everlasting 
    
 
        
            שָׁלְטָ֣ן 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
שָׁלְטָ֣ן 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    šā·lə·ṭān
                
                
                     dominion , 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Noun - masculine singular construct 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        7985 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) dominion, sovereignty <BR> 1a) dominion, sovereignty <BR> 1b) realm 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        šā·lə·ṭān
         dominion , 
    
 
        
            וּמַלְכוּתֵ֖הּ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
וּמַלְכוּתֵ֖הּ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ū·mal·ḵū·ṯêh
                
                
                     and His kingdom 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Conjunctive waw | Noun - feminine singular construct | third person masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        4437 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) royalty, reign, kingdom <BR> 1a) royalty, kingship, kingly authority <BR> 1b) kingdom <BR> 1c) realm (of territory)<BR> 1d) reign (of time) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ū·mal·ḵū·ṯêh
         and His kingdom 
    
 
        
            עִם־ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
עִם־ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ‘im-
                
                
                     endures from 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Preposition 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        5974 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) with <BR> 1a) together with, with <BR> 1b) with, during 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ‘im-
         endures from 
    
 
        
            דָּ֥ר 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
דָּ֥ר 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    dār
                
                
                     generation 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Noun - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        1859 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) generation 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        dār
         generation 
    
 
        
            וְדָֽר׃ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
וְדָֽר׃ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    wə·ḏār
                
                
                     to generation . 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Conjunctive waw | Noun - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        1859 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) generation 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        wə·ḏār
         to generation . 
    
                              
                         
                                                                                                                                            
                        
                        
                                                            All the peoples of the earth are counted as nothing, and He does as He pleases with the army of heaven and the peoples of the earth. There is no one who can restrain His hand or say to Him, ‘What have You done?’”
                                                    
                        
                                                                                                                     
                             
                         
                     
                                            
                            
                            
                            
                                
        
            וְכָל־ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
וְכָל־ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    wə·ḵāl
                
                
                     All 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Conjunctive waw | Noun - masculine singular construct 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        3606 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) all, whole, the whole <BR> 1a) the whole of, all <BR> 1b) every, any, none 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        wə·ḵāl
         All 
    
 
        
            דָּאֲרֵי 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
דָּאֲרֵי 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    då̄·ʾă·rē
                
                
                     the peoples 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Verb - Qal - Participle - masculine plural construct 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        1753 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) (P'al) to dwell 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        då̄·ʾă·rē
         the peoples 
    
 
        
            אַרְעָא֙ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
אַרְעָא֙ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ’ar·‘ā
                
                
                     of the earth 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Noun - feminine singular determinate 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        772 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) earth, world, ground 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ’ar·‘ā
         of the earth 
    
 
        
            חֲשִׁיבִ֔ין 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
חֲשִׁיבִ֔ין 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ḥă·šî·ḇîn
                
                
                     are counted 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Verb - Qal - QalPassParticiple - masculine plural 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        2804 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) (P'al) to think, account 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ḥă·šî·ḇîn
         are counted 
    
 
        
            כְּלָ֣ה 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
כְּלָ֣ה 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    kə·lāh
                
                
                     as nothing , 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Preposition-k | Adverb - Negative particle 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        3809 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) no, not, nothing 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        kə·lāh
         as nothing , 
    
 
        
            עָבֵד֙ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
עָבֵד֙ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ‘ā·ḇêḏ
                
                
                     and He does 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Verb - Qal - Participle - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        5648 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to make, do<BR> 1a)(P'al) <BR> 1a1) to make, create <BR> 1a2) to do, perform <BR> 1b) (Ithp'al) <BR> 1b1) to be made into <BR> 1b2) to be done, be wrought, be performed, be executed, be carried out 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ‘ā·ḇêḏ
         and He does 
    
 
        
            וּֽכְמִצְבְּיֵ֗הּ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
וּֽכְמִצְבְּיֵ֗הּ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ū·ḵə·miṣ·bə·yêh
                
                
                     as He pleases 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Conjunctive waw, Preposition-k | Verb - Qal - Infinitive construct | third person masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        6634 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to desire, be inclined, be willing, be pleased <BR> 1a) (P'al)<BR> 1a1) to desire <BR> 1a2) to be pleased <BR> 1a3) to will (without hindrance) (of God) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ū·ḵə·miṣ·bə·yêh
         as He pleases 
    
 
        
            בְּחֵ֣יל 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
בְּחֵ֣יל 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    bə·ḥêl
                
                
                     with the army 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Preposition-b | Noun - masculine singular construct 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        2429 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) strength, army, power <BR> 1a) power <BR> 1b) force, army 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        bə·ḥêl
         with the army 
    
 
        
            שְׁמַיָּ֔א 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
שְׁמַיָּ֔א 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    šə·may·yā
                
                
                     of heaven 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Noun - mdd 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        8065 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) heaven, heavens, sky <BR> 1a) visible sky <BR> 1b) Heaven (as abode of God) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        šə·may·yā
         of heaven 
    
 
        
            וְדָאֲרֵי 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
וְדָאֲרֵי 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    wə·ḏå̄·ʾă·rē
                
                
                     and the peoples 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Conjunctive waw | Verb - Qal - Participle - masculine plural construct 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        1753 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) (P'al) to dwell 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        wə·ḏå̄·ʾă·rē
         and the peoples 
    
 
        
            אַרְעָ֑א 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
אַרְעָ֑א 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ’ar·‘ā
                
                
                     of the earth . 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Noun - feminine singular determinate 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        772 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) earth, world, ground 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ’ar·‘ā
         of the earth . 
    
 
        
            אִיתַי֙ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
אִיתַי֙ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ’î·ṯay
                
                
                     There is 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Adverb 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        383 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) there is, there are <BR> 2) particle denoting existence 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ’î·ṯay
         There is 
    
 
        
            וְלָ֤א 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
וְלָ֤א 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    wə·lā
                
                
                     no 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Conjunctive waw | Adverb - Negative particle 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        3809 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) no, not, nothing 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        wə·lā
         no 
    
 
        
            דִּֽי־ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
דִּֽי־ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    dî-
                
                
                     one who 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Pronoun - relative 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        1768 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        part of relation<BR> 1) who, which, that <BR> mark of genitive <BR> 2) that of, which belongs to, that<BR> conj <BR> 3) that, because 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        dî-
         one who 
    
 
        
            יְמַחֵ֣א 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
יְמַחֵ֣א 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    yə·ma·ḥê
                
                
                     can restrain 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Verb - Piel - Imperfect - third person masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        4223 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to strike, smite, kill <BR> 1a) (P'al) to strike <BR> 1b) (Pael) to hinder <BR> 1c) (Ithp'al) to allow to be stricken 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        yə·ma·ḥê
         can restrain 
    
 
        
            בִידֵ֔הּ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
בִידֵ֔הּ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ḇî·ḏêh
                
                
                     His hand 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Preposition-b | Noun - feminine singular construct | third person masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        3028 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) hand <BR> 2) power (fig.) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ḇî·ḏêh
         His hand 
    
 
        
            וְיֵ֥אמַר 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
וְיֵ֥אמַר 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    wə·yê·mar
                
                
                     or say 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Conjunctive waw | Verb - Qal - Conjunctive imperfect - third person masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        560 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) (P'al) to say, to speak, to command, to tell, to relate 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        wə·yê·mar
         or say 
    
 
        
            לֵ֖הּ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
לֵ֖הּ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    lêh
                
                
                     to Him , 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Preposition | third person masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                         
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                         
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        lêh
         to Him , 
    
 
        
            מָ֥ה 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
מָ֥ה 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    māh
                
                
                     ‘ What 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Interrogative 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        4101 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) what, whatever <BR> 1a) what? <BR> 1b) whatever, what, whatsoever <BR> 1c) how?, why?, wherefore? (with prefixes) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        māh
         ‘ What 
    
 
        
            עֲבַֽדְתְּ׃ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
עֲבַֽדְתְּ׃ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ‘ă·ḇaḏt
                
                
                     have You done ? ’” 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Verb - Qal - Perfect - second person masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        5648 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to make, do<BR> 1a)(P'al) <BR> 1a1) to make, create <BR> 1a2) to do, perform <BR> 1b) (Ithp'al) <BR> 1b1) to be made into <BR> 1b2) to be done, be wrought, be performed, be executed, be carried out 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ‘ă·ḇaḏt
         have You done ? ’” 
    
                              
                         
                                                                                                                                            
                        
                        
                                                            At the same time my sanity was restored, my honor and splendor returned to me for the glory of my kingdom. My advisers and nobles sought me out, and I was restored to my throne, and surpassing greatness was added to me.
                                                    
                        
                                                                                                                     
                             
                         
                     
                                            
                            
                            
                            
                                
        
            בֵּהּ־ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
בֵּהּ־ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    bêh-
                
                
                     At 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Preposition | third person masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                         
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                         
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        bêh-
         At 
    
 
        
            זִמְנָ֞א 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
זִמְנָ֞א 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    zim·nā
                
                
                     the same time 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Noun - masculine singular determinate 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        2166 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) a set time, time, season 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        zim·nā
         the same time 
    
 
        
            מַנְדְּעִ֣י׀ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
מַנְדְּעִ֣י׀ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    man·də·‘î
                
                
                     my sanity 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Noun - masculine singular construct | first person common singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        4486 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) knowledge, power of knowing 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        man·də·‘î
         my sanity 
    
 
        
            יְת֣וּב 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
יְת֣וּב 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    yə·ṯūḇ
                
                
                     was restored 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Verb - Qal - Imperfect - third person masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        8421 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to return, come back <BR> 1a) (P'al) to return, come back <BR> 1b) (Aphel) <BR> 1b1) to restore, give back, answer <BR> 1b2) to return 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        yə·ṯūḇ
         was restored 
    
 
        
            עֲלַ֗י 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
עֲלַ֗י 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ‘ă·lay
                
                
                     - , 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Preposition | first person common singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        5922 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) upon, over, on account of, above, to, against<BR> 1a) upon, over, on account of, regarding, concerning, on behalf of <BR> 1b) over (with verbs of ruling) <BR> 1c) above, beyond (in comparison) <BR> 1d) to, against (of direction) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ‘ă·lay
         - , 
    
 
        
            הַדְרִ֤י 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
הַדְרִ֤י 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    haḏ·rî
                
                
                     my honor 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Noun - masculine singular construct | first person common singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        1923 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) honour, majesty 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        haḏ·rî
         my honor 
    
 
        
            וְזִוִי֙ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
וְזִוִי֙ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    wə·zi·wî
                
                
                     and splendor 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Conjunctive waw | Noun - masculine singular construct | first person common singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        2122 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) brightness, splendour 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        wə·zi·wî
         and splendor 
    
 
        
            יְת֣וּב 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
יְת֣וּב 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    yə·ṯūḇ
                
                
                     returned 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Verb - Qal - Imperfect - third person masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        8421 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to return, come back <BR> 1a) (P'al) to return, come back <BR> 1b) (Aphel) <BR> 1b1) to restore, give back, answer <BR> 1b2) to return 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        yə·ṯūḇ
         returned 
    
 
        
            עֲלַ֔י 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
עֲלַ֔י 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ‘ă·lay
                
                
                     to me 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Preposition | first person common singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        5922 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) upon, over, on account of, above, to, against<BR> 1a) upon, over, on account of, regarding, concerning, on behalf of <BR> 1b) over (with verbs of ruling) <BR> 1c) above, beyond (in comparison) <BR> 1d) to, against (of direction) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ‘ă·lay
         to me 
    
 
        
            וְלִ֕י 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
וְלִ֕י 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    wə·lî
                
                
                     
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Conjunctive waw | Preposition | first person common singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                         
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                         
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        wə·lî
         
    
 
        
            וְלִיקַ֨ר 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
וְלִיקַ֨ר 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    wə·lî·qar
                
                
                     for the glory 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Conjunctive waw, Preposition-l | Noun - masculine singular construct 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        3367 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) honour, esteem 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        wə·lî·qar
         for the glory 
    
 
        
            מַלְכוּתִ֜י 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
מַלְכוּתִ֜י 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    mal·ḵū·ṯî
                
                
                     of my kingdom . 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Noun - feminine singular construct | first person common singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        4437 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) royalty, reign, kingdom <BR> 1a) royalty, kingship, kingly authority <BR> 1b) kingdom <BR> 1c) realm (of territory)<BR> 1d) reign (of time) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        mal·ḵū·ṯî
         of my kingdom . 
    
 
        
            הַדָּֽבְרַ֥י 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
הַדָּֽבְרַ֥י 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    had·dā·ḇə·ray
                
                
                     My advisers 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Noun - masculine plural construct | first person common singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        1907 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) counsellor, minister 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        had·dā·ḇə·ray
         My advisers 
    
 
        
            וְרַבְרְבָנַ֖י 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
וְרַבְרְבָנַ֖י 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    wə·raḇ·rə·ḇā·nay
                
                
                     and nobles 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Conjunctive waw | Noun - masculine plural construct | first person common singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        7261 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) lord, noble 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        wə·raḇ·rə·ḇā·nay
         and nobles 
    
 
        
            יְבַע֑וֹן 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
יְבַע֑וֹן 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    yə·ḇa·‘ō·wn
                
                
                     sought me out , 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Verb - Piel - Imperfect - third person masculine plural 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        1156 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to ask, seek, request, desire, pray, make petition <BR> 1a) (P'al) <BR> 1a1) to ask, request <BR> 1a2) to seek (for favour) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        yə·ḇa·‘ō·wn
         sought me out , 
    
 
        
            הָתְקְנַ֔ת 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
הָתְקְנַ֔ת 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    hā·ṯə·qə·naṯ
                
                
                     and I was restored 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Verb - Hofal - Perfect - third person feminine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        8627 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to be in order <BR> 1a) (Hophal) to be established, be reestablished, confirm 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        hā·ṯə·qə·naṯ
         and I was restored 
    
 
        
            וְעַל־ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
וְעַל־ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    wə·‘al-
                
                
                     to 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Conjunctive waw | Preposition 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        5922 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) upon, over, on account of, above, to, against<BR> 1a) upon, over, on account of, regarding, concerning, on behalf of <BR> 1b) over (with verbs of ruling) <BR> 1c) above, beyond (in comparison) <BR> 1d) to, against (of direction) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        wə·‘al-
         to 
    
 
        
            מַלְכוּתִ֣י 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
מַלְכוּתִ֣י 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    mal·ḵū·ṯî
                
                
                     my throne , 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Noun - feminine singular construct | first person common singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        4437 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) royalty, reign, kingdom <BR> 1a) royalty, kingship, kingly authority <BR> 1b) kingdom <BR> 1c) realm (of territory)<BR> 1d) reign (of time) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        mal·ḵū·ṯî
         my throne , 
    
 
        
            יַתִּירָ֖ה 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
יַתִּירָ֖ה 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    yat·tî·rāh
                
                
                     and surpassing 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Adjective - feminine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        3493 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        adj <BR> 1) pre-eminent, surpassing, extreme, extraordinary <BR> adv <BR> 2) exceedingly, extremely 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        yat·tî·rāh
         and surpassing 
    
 
        
            וּרְב֥וּ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
וּרְב֥וּ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ū·rə·ḇū
                
                
                     greatness 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Conjunctive waw | Noun - feminine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        7238 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) greatness 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ū·rə·ḇū
         greatness 
    
 
        
            ה֥וּסְפַת 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
ה֥וּסְפַת 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    hū·sə·p̄aṯ
                
                
                     was added 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Verb - Hofal - Perfect - third person feminine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        3255 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to add <BR> 1a) (Hophal) to be added 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        hū·sə·p̄aṯ
         was added 
    
 
        
            לִֽי׃ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
לִֽי׃ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    lî
                
                
                     to me . 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Preposition | first person common singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                         
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                         
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        lî
         to me . 
    
                              
                         
                                                                                                                                            
                        
                        
                                                            Now I, Nebuchadnezzar, praise and exalt and glorify the King of heaven, for all His works are true and all His ways are just. And He is able to humble those who walk in pride.
                                                    
                        
                                                                                                                     
                             
                         
                     
                                            
                            
                            
                            
                                
        
            כְּעַ֞ן 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
כְּעַ֞ן 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    kə·‘an
                
                
                     Now 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Adverb 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        3705 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) now, at this time, until now 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        kə·‘an
         Now 
    
 
        
            אֲנָ֣ה 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
אֲנָ֣ה 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ’ă·nāh
                
                
                     I , 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Pronoun - first person common singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        576 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) I (first pers. sing. -usually used for emphasis) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ’ă·nāh
         I , 
    
 
        
            נְבוּכַדְנֶצַּ֗ר 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
נְבוּכַדְנֶצַּ֗ר 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    nə·ḇū·ḵaḏ·neṣ·ṣar
                
                
                     Nebuchadnezzar , 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Noun - proper - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        5020 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        Nebuchadnezzar = |may Nebo protect the crown|<BR> 1) the great king of Babylon who captured Jerusalem and carried Judah captive 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        nə·ḇū·ḵaḏ·neṣ·ṣar
         Nebuchadnezzar , 
    
 
        
            מְשַׁבַּ֨ח 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
מְשַׁבַּ֨ח 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    mə·šab·baḥ
                
                
                     praise 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Verb - Piel - Participle - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        7624 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) (Pael) to laud, praise, adulate, adore 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        mə·šab·baḥ
         praise 
    
 
        
            וּמְרוֹמֵ֤ם 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
וּמְרוֹמֵ֤ם 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ū·mə·rō·w·mêm
                
                
                     and exalt 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Conjunctive waw | Verb - Piel - Participle - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        7313 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to rise <BR> 1a) (P'al) to be lifted up <BR> 1b) (Aphel) to exalt <BR> 1c) (Hithpolel) to lift oneself up 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ū·mə·rō·w·mêm
         and exalt 
    
 
        
            וּמְהַדַּר֙ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
וּמְהַדַּר֙ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ū·mə·had·dar
                
                
                     and glorify 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Conjunctive waw | Verb - Piel - Participle - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        1922 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) (Pael) to glorify (God) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ū·mə·had·dar
         and glorify 
    
 
        
            לְמֶ֣לֶךְ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
לְמֶ֣לֶךְ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    lə·me·leḵ
                
                
                     the King 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Preposition-l | Noun - masculine singular construct 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        4430 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) king 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        lə·me·leḵ
         the King 
    
 
        
            שְׁמַיָּ֔א 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
שְׁמַיָּ֔א 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    šə·may·yā
                
                
                     of heaven , 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Noun - mdd 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        8065 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) heaven, heavens, sky <BR> 1a) visible sky <BR> 1b) Heaven (as abode of God) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        šə·may·yā
         of heaven , 
    
 
        
            דִּ֤י 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
דִּ֤י 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    dî
                
                
                     for 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Pronoun - relative 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        1768 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        part of relation<BR> 1) who, which, that <BR> mark of genitive <BR> 2) that of, which belongs to, that<BR> conj <BR> 3) that, because 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        dî
         for 
    
 
        
            כָל־ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
כָל־ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ḵāl
                
                
                     all 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Noun - masculine singular construct 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        3606 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) all, whole, the whole <BR> 1a) the whole of, all <BR> 1b) every, any, none 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ḵāl
         all 
    
 
        
            מַעֲבָד֙וֹהִי֙ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
מַעֲבָד֙וֹהִי֙ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ma·‘ă·ḇā·ḏō·w·hî
                
                
                     His works 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Noun - masculine plural construct | third person masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        4567 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) work <BR> 2) (TWOT) action (of God in history) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ma·‘ă·ḇā·ḏō·w·hî
         His works 
    
 
        
            קְשֹׁ֔ט 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
קְשֹׁ֔ט 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    qə·šōṭ
                
                
                     are true 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Noun - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        7187 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) truth 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        qə·šōṭ
         are true 
    
 
        
            וְאֹרְחָתֵ֖הּ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
וְאֹרְחָתֵ֖הּ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    wə·’ō·rə·ḥā·ṯêh
                
                
                     and all His ways 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Conjunctive waw | Noun - feminine plural construct | third person masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        735 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) way, path, course of life 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        wə·’ō·rə·ḥā·ṯêh
         and all His ways 
    
 
        
            דִּ֑ין 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
דִּ֑ין 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    dîn
                
                
                     are just . 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Noun - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        1780 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) judgment 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        dîn
         are just . 
    
 
        
            יָכִ֖ל 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
יָכִ֖ל 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    yā·ḵil
                
                
                     And He is able 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Verb - Qal - Participle - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        3202 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to be able <BR> 1a) (P'al) <BR> 1a1) to be able <BR> 1a2) to prevail 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        yā·ḵil
         And He is able 
    
 
        
            לְהַשְׁפָּלָֽה׃פ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
לְהַשְׁפָּלָֽה׃פ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    lə·haš·pā·lāh
                
                
                     to humble 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Preposition-l | Verb - Hifil - Infinitive construct 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        8214 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to be or bring low, humble <BR> 1a) (Aphel) to bring low, humble 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        lə·haš·pā·lāh
         to humble 
    
 
        
            וְדִי֙ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
וְדִי֙ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    wə·ḏî
                
                
                     those 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Conjunctive waw | Pronoun - relative 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        1768 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        part of relation<BR> 1) who, which, that <BR> mark of genitive <BR> 2) that of, which belongs to, that<BR> conj <BR> 3) that, because 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        wə·ḏî
         those 
    
 
        
            מַהְלְכִ֣ין 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
מַהְלְכִ֣ין 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    mah·lə·ḵîn
                
                
                     who walk 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Verb - Hifil - Participle - masculine plural 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        1981 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to walk, go <BR> 1a) (P'al) walking about (participle) <BR> 1b) (Aphel) to walk 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        mah·lə·ḵîn
         who walk 
    
 
        
            בְּגֵוָ֔ה 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
בְּגֵוָ֔ה 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    bə·ḡê·wāh
                
                
                     in pride . 
                
                
                    
                        Aramaic 
                        Preposition-b | Noun - feminine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        1467 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) pride 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        bə·ḡê·wāh
         in pride .